The Symbiotic Relationship Between Central Banking and Total War

http://www.ronpaulinstitute.org/archives/featured-articles/2016/september/28/the-symbiotic-relationship-between-central-banking-and-total-war/

Written by Paul-Martin Foss

The following is the prepared version of a speech delivered at the Ron Paul Institute Conference in Sterling, VA.

I am here today to talk about one of the most important, but also most overlooked, issues of our day: the relationship between central banking and total war. When you focus on central banking and the problems that result from it, it’s very easy to see how central banks enable larger, more centralized, and more pervasive governments. But it isn’t always easy for those who oppose war to see how central banks enable war. So I’ll go ahead and give you kind of the 10,000 foot view of the symbiotic relationship between central banking and war.

One of the primary activities that states engage in is fighting wars. But wars cost money. Armies march on their stomachs, and someone has to buy the necessary food and transport it. Weapons and armament cost money too, all of which has to be paid for. So where have kings and governments historically gotten that money from, particularly when their own treasuries ran out? As Willie Sutton could have told them – banks.

Banks developed initially as a means for merchants to store their funds safely and securely. But eventually those banks took in so much money that they got the idea to loan out some of those funds, hoping that they could juggle loans and receive enough payment on outstanding loans to satisfy demands for redemption by depositors. Thus was born fractional reserve banking and the recourse to banks as lenders of money. Sure, kings could expropriate money from banks, but that only went so far. If you continued to rob banks outright, they would eventually either hide their money or disappear from the kingdom and the king was left with no money to fight his wars. So what developed was a relationship that has developed over time and become ever closer and more symbiotic over the course of time between banks and governments.

It’s a classic “I’ll scratch your back if you scratch mine” type of relationship. In exchange for providing funds to governments, banks got special privileges in return. One need look no further than the Bank of England, the first really modern central bank and the model for numerous other central banks, to see this principle in action. The Bank of England was founded in 1694 with the purpose of providing funding to the English government to rebuild its navy. The Royal Navy had lost badly to the French Navy and the British sought to rebuild and rearm. The Bank took in money from investors, provided it to the government in exchange for government bonds, and was then given the privilege of issuing banknotes against those bonds.

Over the bank’s history it continued to receive additional privileges from the English government, eventually culminating in gaining a monopoly over banknote issuance in 1844. There were various other barriers to entry that were put in place to keep people from competing against the Bank of England. Smaller, private banks just could not compete with the government privileges given to the Bank of England. And as it got larger and larger it got too big to fail and every time it was going bankrupt the government would bail it out and in exchange the Bank of England would give the English government a lot more money to fight wars.

One of the first casualties of wartime is fiscal and monetary discipline. No matter how little spending a government did before it goes to war, once it engages in war there is no limit to how much money it wants to spend. National debts increase, borrowing increases, taxation increases, all in an attempt to win the war. In particular, under a specie standard, specie redemption is one of the first things to go. This means that depositors can no longer take their banknotes to the bank and redeem them for gold and silver. The Bank of England was the beneficiary of many government measures over the years to suspend specie redemption at many points throughout its history, particularly during the period of 1797 to 1821 when the gold standard was suspended in order to fight against Napoleon.

But suspending specie redemption is not just limited to England. It has happened in the United States on numerous occasions. During the War of 1812 specie redemptions were suspended. Throughout the various financial panics of the 19th century, specie redemption was suspended. During the Civil War specie redemption was suspended. And the Civil War is very important in understanding the relationship between central banking and war in the United States.

The Civil War saw the passage of the Legal Tender Act and the National Banking Acts. The first issuance of unbacked paper money currency in the United States, the so-called “greenbacks,” was the Legal Tender Act. And the establishment of the national banking system which we all take for granted today was the result of the National Banking Acts. These acts had as their purpose the establishment of a national banking and monetary system for the purpose of funding and conducting the war against the Confederacy. Remember that the privilege of engaging in the banking business has almost always been tied to purchases of government debt. If you wanted a state charter you had to buy state debt. If you wanted a national charter your had to buy federal government debt. That, once again, demonstrates the link between centralizing the banking system and engaging in total war.

Look at the founding of the Federal Reserve System just before World War I. The Federal Reserve was founded ostensibly to provide for an elastic system of currency and to overcome the financial panics that had plagued the economy. But during World War I the Federal Reserve was actively involved in the war effort through its marketing of Liberty Bonds. Government spending on training, weapons, and munitions increased tremendously after the United States entered the war, so the Treasury was forced to rely on bond issuance to fund its spending. Not only did the Fed act as a marketer of the bonds, and as a fiscal agent of the Treasury for these bond sales, it also lent money to member banks at low interest rates if they used that money to purchase the bonds. It was essentially increasing the money supply and artificially stimulating demand for the bonds. By 1919 the money supply was nearly double what it had been in 1914, with of course a corresponding rise in prices. That resulted in the “Forgotten Depression” of 1920-21, about which authors such as Tom Woods and Jim Grant have written.

The Fed continued its support of war efforts during World War II, stating that it was “prepared to use its powers to assure at all times an ample supply of funds for financing the war effort.” That became the focus of the Fed’s mission throughout World War II. War bonds were once again issued by the Treasury and marketed by the Fed. The Federal Reserve Banks agreed to purchase Treasury Bills at a 3/8 percent interest rate, which was pegged until 1947. The Fed was even allowed to purchase securities directly from the Treasury. Of course, this easy flow of money was quite welcome as the government continued to expand in the aftermath of World War II, so the Fed continued to peg interest rates until the 1951 Treasury-Fed accord.

Even after that, however, the Fed continued to engage in expansionary monetary policy. Remember that private ownership of gold was banned in 1933, so gold coins and gold certificates could no longer circulate as money. The American people could no longer act as a check on expansionary monetary policy by redeeming their dollars for gold, only foreign governments could. Over the course of the 1960s, the overall money supply nearly doubled as the US government engaged in the guns and butter policies of President Johnson. Foreign governments saw this happening and began to redeem their dollars for gold. This prompted President Nixon to close the gold window in 1971. Since that time there has been no constraint on the Federal Reserve’s ability to create money, which is why we have seen a massive increase in the size and scope of the federal government since then. We no longer have a gold coin standard or a gold specie standard, or even a gold exchange standard to act as a check on money creation. It is no coincidence that the massive growth of government has come about at the same time as the massive growth in the size and influence of central banks.

You can’t fund a $4-5 trillion government budget, you can’t fund military bases in 100+ countries around the world, you can’t fight a massive internal war against drug users, you can’t fund an open-ended war on terror, you can’t fund an omnipresent surveillance state without the existence of a central bank. Governments can’t keep to their budgets, so they resort to borrowing. Central banks continue to ensure that there are ready buyers for newly-issued government debt and that the bond markets remain large and liquid. They ensure that the national banking cartel that exists in this country continues to maintain its privileges: government-subsidized deposit insurance, Federal Reserve bailout facilities, and barriers to entry that prevent competition in the banking sector. They ensure that banks who loan money to the government maintain their privileged, protected status. If you really want to control government’s ability to go to war, you have to eliminate cheap, easy money, and that can only come about by ending the system of central banking that exists today.

Reprinted with permission from the Carl Menger Center.

OLDDOGS COMMENTS!

Sadly, most of you really do not understand the importance of this warning, or the consciences of a government being under the control of The International Investment Banking Cartel. Scratching each others back is no where near the real situation. It’s more like the politicians being the bankers employees. UNDER DURESS is more like it. Remember Jack Kennedy and his attempt to issue silver certificates? All those who have attempted to get rid of the Bankers ended up in their graves. Once they put people in office, they own them. Your votes are nothing more than a method of judging the peoples knowledge, which is sorely lacking.

No Dog in the Fight

http://www.paulstramer.net/2016/09/no-dog-in-fight.html

By Anna Von Reitz

You have elected all these jokers in good faith, assuming that you were electing them to public office.  They have occupied similarly named private corporate offices instead, and left the public offices vacant.

Read the Foreign Sovereign Immunity Act (FSIA) and the International Organizations Immunity Act (IOIA) for blatant proof of what they have done.

You thought you elected Fiduciary Deputies to conduct your business in Congress, but no, they redefined their role to be mere “representatives”.  They then “represented” you any way that padded their pockets and boosted corporate profits.

See their Amendment to their phony corporate “Constitution” published in 1868 that changes the accountability of “US Senators” making them only accountable to their peers in Congress.  Being a Senator is as close to being “king” as it gets. They can’t be recalled by the people who elected them. And you have allowed all this crap, because frankly, you and your parents and grandparents have been asleep at the wheel.

You have believed that the “federal government” was your government, but in fact, it has always been a foreign service vendor operated by British Subjects here on our shores to provide “essential governmental services”.  Read Article IV of The Constitution.

Go back and read the actual founding documents — the Definitive Treaty of Peace, Paris, 1783 spells it out.  There are two populations in this country and there always have been: “free, sovereign, and independent people of the United States” and the British Subject “inhabitants” loyal to the King, here on our shores to provide “essential government services”.

The same treaty reveals that King George III remained the acknowledged “prince” and Arch-Treasurer of the United States after the Revolution.

That thing in Washington, District of Columbia, is not your government and it never has been.  It is a foreign, self-interested— and since 1868— incorporated

entity that is in the business of providing governmental services under contract.  Period.

It’s the governmental services equivalent of Exxon.

Your states of the Union were its original customers. They agreed to receive and pay for nineteen strictly enumerated services spelled out in The Constitution—-all of them carried out in the international jurisdiction of the sea.

But, corporations being corporations, they’ve drummed up business however they saw fit, often via extortion (IRS) and racketeering (Social Security, Obamacare, etc.) and theft (BLM).

The agents of the “federal corporation” routinely lie to you and tell you that you have to buy something or pay something or take some action (like signing up for Social Security) because it is a “government mandate” and you are stupid enough to go along with this, so they continue to get away with it.

They routinely criminalize normal activities of common right, like traveling from Point A to Point B or getting married, so that they can charge you for “licenses” and “regulate” your private business as “commerce”.  They consider all “United States Citizens” their slaves and all “citizens of the United States” are defined as criminals.

Read the 13th and 14th Amendments of their bogus corporate “Constitution” more carefully and you will see what has gone on.

In their 13th Amendment they abolished slavery—- except for criminals.  In the 14th Amendment of their filthy look-alike, sound-alike corporate charter document, they made all “citizens of the United States” criminals.  By definition. And then they have contrived to define all of us as “citizens of the United States” by any means fair or foul.

We have played unwitting host to the most vile, venal, oppressive, out of control crime syndicate in the history of the world, and we have mistakenly thought that this THING was our own dear government and paddled along like good little ducks, acting in good faith,  doing whatever we were told.

Imagine that you are a magazine publisher and you can order 390 million people to buy three subscriptions or six subscriptions or a dozen subscriptions each….and the limit of this abuse is only what the victims will tolerate?

That’s what you have going on in Washington, DC, but it is actually much, much worse than that.

These vermin have gotten away with their abusive profit-hunting for so long, that they have promoted violence and piracy and criminality throughout the world.

These people are all British Subjects and they are commandeered as such —literally press-ganged and falsely identified as British Subjects—  the moment they take an oath of office or accept a federal job or are herded like sheep and coerced under false pretenses into accepting a “Social Security Number”.

These British cons have hidden behind our skirts and used us as front men to carry out their dirty work, so that the Americans are being blamed for it all.

This is what comes from allowing foreign governments (both British and since WWII, French) to “share” your country’s international jurisdiction and to dictate your trade policy and issue your money and wipe your butts for you.

There are two main (and many subsidiary) federal corporations providing you and their franchises operated as fake “states of states” with “governmental services”.

The IMF has operated the UNITED STATES, INC. on our shores and that vicious fraud machine has finally been bankrupted and forced into liquidation.  The FEDERAL RESERVE has operated THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, INC., and it has been forced into Chapter 11 bankruptcy.

So now we have Jacob Rothschild here promoting the NEW REPUBLIC, INC., as a replacement for these “governmental services corporations” and the UN Corporation, not the actual United Nations, is shipping in blue-helmeted commercial mercenaries from around the world to keep the peace while these despicable corporations are dismantled and taken down and their assets returned to their creditors.

The Big Problem has been that the Priority Creditors of these vicious crime syndicates have been absent from the table.  Nobody has raised their hand or made a “Peep!” in behalf of the actual American nation-states and the living American people who have been the prime victims of all this chicanery, nor have they spoken up for the equally defrauded people of the UK, CANADA, AUSTRALIA, JAPAN, and so on and on.

Instead, we and our assets have remained on the table as the Feast prepared by the Evil Ones for their Secondary Creditors— the banks and foreign investors they have defrauded in our names without our knowledge or consent— at the same time they have been robbing and defrauding us.

Which is why I and numerous others have labored for many years to bring forward the claims of the American States and people.  We saw the crap the rats pulled during the bankruptcy of the United States of America, Inc. and we haven’t sat on our thumbs for another round of it.  Instead, we have spent twenty-plus years of our lives documenting the debts owed by these corporations to the actual, factual states and people.

Is this going to cause dismay and disruption?  Will it require an armed invasion of Washington, DC?   If so, we should be standing shoulder to shoulder with the “Blue Hats” and helping them flush the sewers of the Beltline, not shooting at them—-but to be honest, we don’t have a dog in this fight.

These corporations are not—repeat, NOT— our government. They never have been. Both the UNITED STATES and THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA are just foreign, corporate vendors of governmental services gone horribly wrong.

Our interests are best served by flying our own peacetime Civil Flag (vertical stripes, blue stars) or a simple white truce flag, and minding our own business while the odious debts accrued against us and other nations are wiped away and the criminals are removed.

And, most importantly, we need to wake the $@$@ up.

There is no reason for Britain or France or any other foreign interest to control such vital functions of our government as the issuance of our money or dictate our international trade policies or command the deployment of our Armed Forces under color of law.

It’s time to renegotiate the contracts, i.e., treaties, to correct this situation and to reorganize our own thinking and assumptions to deal with the truth.

Now that you know the factual and long-standing truth— that the organization operating “as” your government isn’t actually your government and that it is a foreign, self-interested  commercial corporation that has not functioned as it is obligated to function—you can get on with the business of operating the government that you are owed: a government of the people, by the people, and for the people.

Our rights and property, which we hold dear, are not being wrested from us by any foreign invasion.  They can, however, be lost if we fail to step to the plate and do the job of self-governance mandated by our actual Constitution.

For months now, I have been telling people Coast to Coast to organize their local county governments and to operate as unincorporated associations, because the moment you incorporate anything you remove it from the land jurisdiction and place it (and its operations) under the Law of the Sea and in the international jurisdiction of the sea.

Can the land be represented by the sea?

I think not.

All these incorporated counties and “states of states” are operating in a foreign and improper jurisdiction.  They have all been seduced by federal corporation racketeering kickbacks called “federal block grants” and have been taken over by the criminally mis-administered federal corporation(s) and run as franchises, just like Dairy Queen franchises.

The only actual, true, legitimate government standing on the land jurisdiction of this entire country is vested in me and you and the unincorporated organizations that we operate on the land jurisdiction—- the actual county government and the actual state government owed to us is of the people, for the people and by the people, not of the corporation, by the corporation and for the corporation.

So it is imperative that while the international community deals with the bankrupt and criminal corporations that have been operating out of the District of Columbia— and with the British and French governments which are responsible for those corporate miscreants– that we, the American people, do our own dusting and cleaning.

The Colorado State is not the State of Colorado.

The Colorado State is the lawful business agent of the Colorado Nation and its people.  The State of Colorado is a franchise of a bankrupt foreign corporation.

Now that we have all that sorted out — please understand that we don’t have a dog in the fight that is coming to Washington, DC.  Please also be aware that you and your property interests have been properly and faithfully protected.

You need to understand that you are an American state national— one of the peaceful, honest people of America—not a war-mongering British Subject called a “United States Citizen” or “citizen of the United States” bent on piracy and promotion of corporate colonialism.

If what you want is your country back in your control, with all its peace and property intact, all its constitutional guarantees being honored, then it is time to take the following actions: (1) Record your “Expatriation Act” formally stating that you are a peaceful American State National reclaiming your birthright political status; (2) Organize your local Jural Assemblies; (3) Elect your local government officers— judges, sheriffs, assembly men, etc. — to operate the land jurisdiction government owed to you; (4) Pay no attention to what happens to the federal corporation(s) or to the incorporated counties or states of states.

These things aren’t your government.  They are actually none of your concern. They are just foreign corporations like Target here to provide governmental services to your States, and so long as you have sense enough to realize that that is what they are and maintain your identity as an American State National, not a “US citizen” of any stripe, all will be well with you and yours and the country you love.

Jacob Rothschild is making an offer to buy these bankrupt corporate entities and boot up a new organization calling itself the New Republic.  This is calculated to maintain some infrastructure and keep the peace— but now that you know the truth, you will realize that the “New Republic” is just a re-branding and new management for the whole federal corporate apparatus, and is not your actual government at all.  It’s just a new “governmental services corporation” coming on board — and it does not have a contract.  It is just offering its services and temporarily providing them.

As with any consumer contract, you aren’t any under obligation and neither are your States, beyond paying for actual stipulated services received on a month by month basis.

It will be up to you and your properly elected and actual Fiduciary Deputies to determine whether or not the New Republic gets the service contract and it will also be up to you to operate your own land jurisdiction government quite above and separate from their activities undertaken in behalf of actual British Subjects who are legitimately “United States Citizens” and in pursuit of their duties under The Constitution—-the actual one.

It will also be up to you and your actual Fiduciary Deputies whether or not the current oddball arrangement in which foreign corporations get to dictate your foreign policy, your trade policy, issue your national currency, and perform other vital functions that a mature nation should undertake for itself—endures.  It has obviously not worked for us and has caused great damage to other nations, so its continuance is not— in my opinion—desirable for us or anyone else.

We have indeed “spawned a new nation” in the words of Benjamin Franklin. It’s time for us to take our place among the nations as a fully functioning part of the world community, instead of playing the role of the Infant Terrible, being jerked around by foreign interests and used and abused to in turn use and abuse other nations.

The British and since WWII the French Governments have used the American people as bullies and commercial mercenaries and have done so in Breach of Trust. They have plundered our assets and mischaracterized us as British Subjects and hypothecated debt against our assets and made false claims against us. They have undermined our lawful government on the land and used legal chicanery as an excuse not to honor their obligations to us in the international jurisdiction of the sea.

Britain, like Cronos, the Father of the Titans, has attempted to eat all its colonial “children” and France has been seduced by the lure of easy money and power to follow suit.  Their criminal mis-administration of their faithful, if gullible, Allies stands as a grim warning to the entire world regarding the dangers of letting any incorporated profit-motivated entity provide governmental services.

And now we come to the end of this saga.

The New Republic is just the latest re-branding and new management ploy of the same old perpetrators and though it may be better managed than the old federal corporation, it is what it is, and it is NOT your government, not your Republic—-which you are owed.

In order to enjoy the blessing of your Republic, you have to get off your butts —and thanks to British chicanery— reclaim your birthright political status as American State Nationals: Coloradans, Virginians, Texans, etc. Having made that choice very clear, you need to organize your own local Jural Assemblies and elect your own local American Common Law court officers and local county government officials to run the counties owed the land jurisdiction of this country.

The only way to have a government of the people, by the people, and for the people is to accept the responsibility of self-governance. You cannot just “hire” someone to do it for you.

The United Nations and the Vatican Chancery and the Pope and the other governments involved in this fiasco and Jacob Rothschild and the Bank of International Settlements have all been given plenty of Due Process Notice regarding this whole circumstance.

They have Cause to Know that literally billions of innocent people— not only Americans, but Brits and Canadians and Aussies and Japanese and French and Germans and Indians and……have been victimized by this criminality in Breach of Trust and contract.

They have Cause to Know who the actual Priority Creditors of these criminal corporations are.   Competent Fiduciaries and Witnesses have informed the Heads of State and the Central Banks and the Divine Trust officials.

Your claims and the claims of your states of the Union have been properly brought forward and your assets have been re-conveyed to the land jurisdiction where they are owed every jot of the original and actual Constitution—and where they stand under the protection of the Spanish King and are not subject to any self-serving “presumptions” by Queen Bess in international jurisdiction.

Slowly, but surely, the same machinery that was abused to press-gang and defraud the living people to enrich the governmental services corporations is being employed and brought to bear to liquidate the offending corporations. That they are being dismantled and their assets seized and re-distributed to their creditors should be a cause of rejoicing and not any cause for bloodshed, strife, or even unrest.

As the Priority Creditors of all these various corporations the American States and the American People are in the cat-bird seat and have proposed both ways and means to provide for peaceable settlement that puts the power of the purse back where it belongs—- in the hands of individual people and unincorporated government structures operating in the best interests of the Public Good.

So, as far as the Blue Hats are concerned—-don’t be overly alarmed. Some elements of the old governmental services corporations may have to be removed.  There may be mass confusion.  Jacob Rothschild may be tempted to try to usurp position and pull another sleight of hand by pretending that his “New Republic” is your actual lawful government—-but as long as you know the truth and do your part to assemble your unincorporated land jurisdiction government, any action against you and your efforts would be instantly recognized as more corporate fraud.

The Central Bank and Government of France does not want to be accused of willful commercial fraud.  They are already in enough trouble for their failure to maintain oversight on the IMF and its operations on our shores as the UNITED STATES, INC.  Ditto the Central Bank and Government of England and the Central Bank and Government of Westminster.

So, no worries.  Just work to do.  And a better, more clear-eyed vision of the future and the world and your own role and responsibility in it.  If you see UN Troops move into Washington, DC—–yawn and go about your business.  It’s not your concern.  It’s not your government.  The “UNITED STATES” they are liquidating is just a corrupt and evil and bankrupt foreign commercial corporation being liquidated for cause.

It has nothing whatsoever to do with American State Nationals peacefully residing on the land.

Your own government resides within you and among you and in the organizations you create and operate on a local level –your own counties and states owed the land jurisdiction of this country.

Bottom line—- We, the People, have no dog in this fight and don’t be stupid enough to make a fight where there is none.

 

Let Lord Rothschild earn his money and clean up the mess his Government created.  And keep an eye on the crooks so that you don’t ever get defrauded and mischaracterized again.

See this article and over 300 others on Anna’s website here:www.annavonreitz.com

DEESCALATING THE POLICE

http://www.thegovernmentrag.com/deescalating-the-police.html

Photo retrieved

by Jack Mullen

“I have learned over the years that when one’s mind is made up, this diminishes fear; knowing what must be done does away with fear.”  Rosa Parks

Americans face a new crisis; police violence against citizens is escalating, blurring the line between criminal and public servant.

Escalating violence against American citizens by police has reached a bifurcation point, Americans are feeling the heat and are beginning to realize something must be done to deescalate police or soon America will join the ranks of hell holes of police crime and violence like Mexico, Haiti, Russia, Uzbekistan and elsewhere where police are independent gangs; violent and undisciplined and devolving into something closer to pirates – stealing property directly from their victims.

Horror stories of police murdering, beating, raping and plundering citizens are daily news in a cities large and small. One city, Albuquerque, NM is now murdering more people per capita than NYPD during arrests, yet NYC is 14 times more populated.

According to sources [1,2]:

“The APD routinely kills more suspects per capita than the NYPD, which serves a metro area 16 times the size of Albuquerque and has 34,000 officers to the APD’s 1,000. Since 2010, the APD has been involved in 37 shootings in which 23 people died. Between 2010 and March 2012, the APD was involved in 18 fatal shootings to the NYPD’s 22 in the same time period. No officer involved in any of the cases has been prosecuted or even fired, despite a body trail that suggests a department with wildly inappropriate use-of-force.” [1]

Albuquerque may be the top of the list of police murders, but police departments around the country are beginning to exhibit similar behavior and the increasing number of police brutality and violence incidences, all seemingly happening at the same time in unrelated areas of the country, begs the question why?

Recent headlines from sites like policebrutality.info highlight outrageous, egregious escalation of police brutality and violent gang like behavior, here are just a few recent headlines:

GRAPHIC VIDEO: Homeless Man Shot During Camping Arrest

Cop Pulls Gun on 11-year-old Building Tree Fort

Cops Who Shot Innocent Women Will Be Sent Back Into Field

SWAT Team Invades Florida Home Without Permission

Texas Cop Rapes a 19-Year-Old Girl

California Cops Burn Man’s Genitals For Littering

NYPD Cop Breaks 10-Year-Old’s Leg for Filming Him

Cop Who Beat Special Needs Student Accused of Rape

VIDEO: SWAT team throws concussion grenade into baby playpen during no-knock raid

Police give elderly man drug charges after pharmacy issues incorrect prescription

6 CLEVELAND POLICE OFFICERS CHARGED IN FATAL CHASE

Cops Beat Veteran to Death after Traffic Stop for No Front License Plate

If You Are Doing Nothing Wrong You Have PLENTY to Fear ” 30 Examples

Woman Swallows Tylenol, Gets Beat By Cops

Albuquerque Police Promote Cop Who Burned Off Homeless Man’s Ear to Use of Force Instructor

Police Officer Shoots Puppy After “Fearing For His Safety”

Escalating police violence and brutality is being witnessed and suffered by people around the country in towns large and small; the police are now far more dangerous to people than criminals.

There are numerous reasons for this type of police behavior with root causes to be found in a manufactured culture of fear and outsourcing of self responsibility to costumed authority groups with exaggerated legitimate authority.

Police are not arbitrators or representatives of a loving government acting in the capacity of surrogate parents; they are representatives of the state, looking for crimes committed against the state and the fines and fees that will result. Protection of people and their property are low priority, optional functions of police; for further proof see this article: “Justices Rule Police Do Not Have a Constitutional Duty to Protect Someone” [B]

WHATEVER YOU DO DON’T CALL THE POLICE

Family Calls 911 For Help With Special Needs Daughter, Cops Show Up And Shoot Her Dead: Neighbors claim girl was shot in the back

Headlines like the one above are clear indicators American’s are failing intheir duty as self responsible people and are voluntarily abdicating their rights and individualism.

Calling the police to solve family problems or other non life threatening issues is like inviting a Vampire into your home to help with a paper cut.

Americans have been pre-prepared for this abuse of police powers for decades; television and movies glorifying police powers go back into nineteen fifties. The events of 9-11 catapulted the glorification of police and firefighters and other “officers and authorities”, including using military as “homeland” protectors, into the position of a new religion.

TV shows depict people calling the police for all domestic problems; calling police in situations that historically and traditionally have never involved police or government social workers or any other agency of a soulless State.

CONGENITAL INCOMPETENCE

Collectivism is a psychologically damaging idea promoted and indoctrinated by enslavers; the idea we are our brother’s keeper and government or the “authorities” are the Biggest Brother. Collectivist doctrine encourages insinuating the State into the family structure of the organic human family.

Collectivism is a weaponized cultural virus-as-meme introduced by some to control all others. Collectivism is the mesmerizing mantra of a false culture working secretly at transferring individual responsibility and rights to a collection of nameless people for purposes of enslavement.

It is the promulgation of previously and tirelessly repudiated collectivist doctrine via national information channels such as public education, movies, books, magazine articles, news channels and via public drama depicted in reality shows and authority glorifying TV shows that normalizes appealing to a nameless servant of a cold and armed State to solve problems historically and naturally solved by family and friends.

Police and firefighters and military are now promoted as heroes in the news and police dramas airing on cable TV channels. The issue is not whether police and firefighters have dangerous jobs or, from time to time, that they may act heroically, the issue is about presenting police and other so-called “authorities” as a category of heroes. Presenting workers in these professions as heroes and always the good-guy is psychologically dangerous because it sets up a false representation of reality.

Historically government police and military and “officials” of a collectivist culture have been the most brutal and eventually evolve to be populated with the worse kinds of human beings – the opposite of good guys, in fact: the worst of mankind.

“Collectivism holds that an individual has no rights, that his life and work belong to the group… and that the group may sacrifice him at its own whim to its own interests. The only way to implement a doctrine of that kind is by brute force — and statism has always been the political corollary of collectivism ” – Ayn Rand [emphasis added]

Police and other uniformed “officials” are public servants voluntarily serving and functioning in a position which has historically screened for certain personality characteristics – characteristics that were once thought to include superior morals, and a motivation to serve and protect others with intelligence levels sufficient to power a strength of will to think and act according to the rule of law and civilized behavior.

In America, the police officer must be aware of and act consistent with the fundamental principals of the U.S. Constitution and the Constitutions in their State of employment.

These are not the qualifications of a hero, rather the qualifications of honest, dedicated, fair, intelligent and morally sound individuals.

With television, the main stream corporate media, movies and the indoctrination of public education presenting the “authority” figure as a super hero with perceived “legitimate dominion” over the lives of the Citizen, it is easy to see how this mentally unhealthy contradiction of reality has empowered and embolden those given such exaggerated importance and authority.

FEDERALIZATION AND MILITARIZATION OF POLICE

It is clear the United States Federal government is encouraging and paying for city police, Sheriffs and State police departments to train more like military soldiers than public safety and peace officers. The federal government is providing training, weapons, and military hardware to police departments in an unprecedented effort to create police departments rivaling the characteristics of military armies.

A recent article on a website highlighting South Carolina news  

“noted Richland County Sheriff’s department receiving extra training as the “U.S. military carry out secretive ” and noisy ” joint exercise” [2]

 The article quoted the Sheriff as saying this joint exercise was

“Due to Sheriff Leon Lott’s longstanding commitment to making sure that deputies are trained and prepared for every event and potential threat and his desire to assist the military to ensure their preparations;” [2]

 Justification for training police in the tactics of the military always defaults to statements like Sheriff Lott’s above, citing a need to be prepared for every event and potential threat. It is important to point out, police are not soldiers and are not paid or required to fight against foreign hostile enemies or in the case of “every possible threat”. Police are civilian peace keepers, law enforcement officers and servants of the community; police are NOT Army, Navy, Air Force or Marines.

Training police to fight and react to civilian threats in a manner consistent with a military response to an opposing enemy can only lead to escalating police violence against Citizens. Military tactics are based on delivering catastrophic blows to a non-citizen enemy, using superior force and fire power while shooting first and asking questions later.

In an article recently published in the “The New American”, an interview in the Wall Street Journal is cited with writer Radley Balko , author of the “Rise of the Warrior Cop”, in which Balko notes “police are really becoming an internal military, freed from the bounds of limited equipment and limited authority the new police have become more like an occupying army, according to Balko”:

Driven by martial rhetoric and the availability of military-style equipment ” from bayonets and M-16 rifles to armored personnel carriers ” American police forces have often adopted a mind-set previously reserved for the battlefield. The war on drugs and, more recently, post-9/11 antiterrorism efforts have created a new figure on the U.S. scene: the warrior cop ” armed to the teeth, ready to deal harshly with targeted wrongdoers, and a growing threat to familiar American liberties.[3]

According to The New American, “Balko rightly connects the menace of the martial police with the decline in liberty and a disintegration of legal boundaries between sheriffs and generals”:

Americans have long been wary of using the military for domestic policing. Concerns about potential abuse date back to the creation of the Constitution, when the founders worried about standing armies and the intimidation of the people at large by an overzealous executive, who might choose to follow the unhappy precedents set by Europe’s emperors and monarchs.[3]

Training police as warriors is like having a standing army with no enemy; an enemy must be invented to continue to funding, training and justifying the army.

Photo Retrieved: Alder Law

WAR IS DECLARED!

“When the tyrant has disposed of foreign enemies by conquest or treaty, and there is nothing more to fear from them, then he is always stirring up some war or other, in order that the people may require a leader” Plato

“Of all the enemies to public liberty war is, perhaps, the most to be dreaded, because it comprises and develops the germ of every other. War is the parent of armies; from these proceed debts and taxes; and armies, and debts, and taxes are the known instruments for bringing the many under the domination of the few. In war, too, the discretionary power of the Executive is extended; its influence in dealing out offices, honors, and emoluments is multiplied; and all the means of seducing the minds, are added to those of subduing the force, of the people. . . . [There is also an] inequality of fortunes, and the opportunities of fraud, growing out of a state of war, and . . . degeneracy of manners and of morals. . . . No nation could preserve its freedom in the midst of continual warfare. . .” James Madison

The so-called “War on Drugs” has been a long standing excuse for escalating police violence and escalating military training and tactics of police. The “War On Drugs” was instrumental in building police SWAT teams and for adding military hardware to traditional police equipment, including automatic weapons, tanks and heavily armored vehicles.

The “War On Drugs” was originally packaged and sold to Americans as a way to minimize the use of illegal drugs, punish those selling “illegal” drugs and work against the overall drug supply. However it is clear the “Drug War” objective has not been achieved; drug use has remained the same year after year since 1970, while the cost of the “War” has risen each year – now totaling at least $1.5 trillion dollars and rising drug-war related violence has turned inner cities into war zones. [4]

The “War on Drugs” continues to consume more than 40 billion dollars per year, while destroying communities, families and lives of children. Children begin receiving drug related indoctrination in most 5th grade curriculums, promoting premature interest in drugs and the drug culture and eventually turning a percentage of those children in addicts and convicts. This indoctrination is to feed the war on drugs and is not an accidental by-product of creating a drug prohibition (Graphic: Stonerdays).

A secondary consequence of the War on Drugs is the world’s largest prison population, according to University of Chicago economist Gary Becker :

“The total number of persons incarcerated in state and federal prisons in the U.S. has grown from 330,000 in 1980 to about 1.6 million today. Much of the increase in this population is directly due to the war on drugs and the severe punishment for persons convicted of drug trafficking. About 50% of the inmates in federal prisons and 20% of those in state prisons have been convicted of either selling or using drugs. The many minor drug traffickers and drug users who spend time in jail find fewer opportunities for legal employment after they get out of prison, and they develop better skills at criminal activities.”[5]

It is now clear that the “War on Drugs” is an abject failure and serves only to keep the prices of drugs high, while encouraging distribution and trafficking of narcotics through criminal organizations both in the governments and outside.

The “War On Drugs” is part of a medical monopoly to restrict the selling and distribution of legal and illegal drugs by only members of select group of pharmaceutical and illegal drug cartels; cartels cornering the market for mind altering and medical substances.

The “War On Drugs” serves to grow police forces and is a fuel for corruption and is also the source of funding for opposing gangs; monopoly prices activate market forces escalating tactics required to capture and hold market share. Rising drug profits covers the cost of escalating violence .

The “War On Drugs” is an excuse for escalating violence in cities and near the border with Mexico and is responsible for exploding prison populations in America and a massive growth in the prison industrial complex, including profitable private prisons operated as slave labor camps for inmates.

The wildly successful “War On Drugs”, successful because of the profitability to a select group of insiders, is a fantastic failure in terms of stated goals.

A WAR TO END ALL WARS

Consistent with the Federal government’s ever escalating war on American people, a new war has been launched; a new lifeline feeding the rise of the police state and an ever more brutal and violent attack on Americans: The “War On Terror.”

There are two levers for moving men: Interest and Fear. Napoleon Bonaparte

Fear is the master manipulator; fear is the tool used for creating violent and spiteful police departments like the one in Albuquerque New Mexico. Police departments relying on exaggerated and false predictions of “home grown” terrorism, have been panicked into preparing for some kind of war against America loving, patriotic, traditional values holding Americans.

Eric Holder Announces Task Force To Focus On “Domestic Terrorists”

To help feed this fear, the Federal government, and their pseudo-intellectual and complicit agents such as the Southern Poverty Law Center, are fostering a false narrative pretending traditional Americans will soon attack the government. Headlines, such as one above, chillingly expose the government’s continuing fanning of the flames of false flag fear.

To be “ready” for these “home grown terrorist”, police forces are also hiring former military and former mercenary officers trained in active and live combat to engage the “enemy” in a military fashion. While traditional police officers, seeing their police force transformed into military units and recoiling from the horror of escalating police violence, are quitting police departments, leaving these departments with fewer and fewer traditionally trained and non-war traumatized officers.

According to Dr. Paul Craig Roberts former assistant secretary of the Treasury and past editor of the Wall Street Journal :

“The police have been militarized and largely federalized by the Pentagon and the gestapo Homeland Security. The role of the federal government in equipping state and local police with military weapons, including tanks, and training in their use has essentially removed the police from state and local control. No matter how brutal any police officer, it is rare that any suffer more than a few months suspension, usually with full pay, while a report is concocted that clears them of any wrong doing.

In America today, police murder with impunity. All the psychopaths have to say is, “I thought his wallet was a gun,” or “we had to taser the unconscious guy we found lying on the ground, because he wouldn’t obey our commands to get up.” [6]

After the False Flag attack on America during 9-11, fear of terrorism was seeded, grown and promoted – beginning first with a manufactured fear of Arabs and middle Eastern turban wearing men and then transforming into fear of terrorist in the form of white, Christian, Constitutional, limited government advocating, Citizens as Sovereigns – traditional Americans.

Using the hysteria of pretended eminent terrorist attacks, (according to dailyKos the odds of dying as a result of terrorism are 1 in 20 MILLION, you have better odds of dying from a lightning strike or a shark attack or legal execution), the police have been transformed into brutal, unresponsive to citizen safety, wrecking balls – threatening to tear away the line between criminals and police. [7]

 According to Paul Craig Roberts :

The facts seem to support the case that police in the US commit more crimes and acts of violence against the public than do the criminals who do not wear badges. According to the FBI crime Statistics http://www.fbi.gov/about-us/cjis/ucr/crime-in-the-u.s/2010/crime-in-the-u.s.-2010/summary in 2010 there were 1,246,248 violent crimes committed by people without police badges. Keep in mind that the definition of violent crime can be an expansive definition. For example, simply to push someone is considered assault. If two people come to blows in an argument, both have committed assault. However, even with this expansive definition of violent crimes, police assaults are both more numerous and more dangerous, as it is usually a half dozen overweight goon thugs beating and tasering one person.

The police situation in the United States is only going to get worse. The coming deliberate and artificially created banking and financial collapse will bring on exceedingly more difficult times for a large section of the American population. Growing unemployment, made worse by a usurped Federal government’s withdrawal of unemployment benefits and a reduction of food stamp purchasing power will lead to civil unrest and an explosion of unaccountable police violence.

The time is now to take steps to ‘deescalate’ the police and stop the violence and end the military occupation of cities and towns and countrysides.

WE THE PEOPLE DECLARE

That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. -Declaration of Independence

All it takes to push back tyranny is to actually push back. Do this alone or with a group of friends and family. Contact your city, county and state government “officials” demanding they make changes to the governing policies of police departments.

Letters written to civilian elected “officials” with governing powers, such as your local County Commissioners, Sheriffs, city councils and state level representatives is also required, so the “officials” understand you are withdrawing consent for growing abuse and violence of police and other armed agencies of the government.

This is a short list of demands a Citizen can rightfully make of their local police departments:

Reduce antagonizing and aggressive appearance of police forces.

Note: Philipp Zimbardo in his book the “Lucifer Effect” noted “a legitimate-seeming authority figure” donning masks or costumes (uniforms and badges and sunglasses and external symbols of authority) “were significantly more likely to torture, mutilate, and kill their enemies than warriors in cultures that didn’t engage in self-disguise.” [A]

 

• Police and public servants should not be wearing sunglasses when speaking to a citizen
• Eliminate muscle cars and tinted windshields
• No military style black full tactical or full armor outfits
• Have police fully pull off highways during a traffic stop — reducing danger to the officer and allowing traffic to flow freely around stopped vehicles.
• Reduce intensity of blue lights so other motorists can see during a night time traffic stop
• Eliminate potentially disastrous police protocol and behavior
• Zero tolerance for the high speed chase
• Limit the number of officers and units responding to routine police calls
• Eliminate NO KNOCK warrants and forced entry before notification
• Severely limit SWAT team use to precisely defined situations
• Make department heads responsible for excessive force
• Fire officers with history of violence against citizens and offenders

Return or refuse to accept out of place and hyperbolic military hardware

• No tanks or MRAPs or other former military armored vehicles
• No automatic weapons of any kind
• No exotic weapons systems ( sound cannons, microwave weapons etc )

Refuse military training and Federal training and drills with scenarios depicting stereotyped historically honored American groups as “home grown terrorists”

• No racial group scenarios as drill themes.
• No drills with scenarios demonizing historically honored American groups including but not limited to :
  • Veterans
  • Gun Owners
  • Constitution Supporters
  • Libertarians
  • Political party affiliation groups such as the Tea Party
  • Christians
  • Other religious groups
• No school “live action” drills terrorizing school children with blood and blank ammunition — These “drills” are psychologically damaging to children and must be stopped.

Organize citizen Review Boards for police force activity guidance and criticism

• Create citizen review boards external from police for providing guidance and police policy review
• Create citizen review boards for examining cases of police brutality and excessive violence

Photo retrieved: L-Car and Driver, R, AP Press.

As a citizen it is possible to create public, but external and without public funding, group to monitor police behavior and recommend policy changes when required. In fact, according to Human Rights Watch, “Shielded from Justice: Police Brutality and Accountability in the United States :

“A study of 17 law enforcement agencies found that citizen review boards sustain police brutality complaints at a higher percentage than do the police themselves, suggesting that such boards operate more fairly…” [9]

To force police departments to become accountable, citizens can form county and city Citizen Review Boards to advocate punishment and replacement of leaders in police organization hierarchy when brutality and violence against citizens and offenders becomes egregious.

Citizen review boards are typically met with “considerable opposition from the law enforcement community” [10], but such resistance is like an employee telling the owner how he wants the company run.

Through activism, citizens can insist police departments revamp hiring guidelines to favor non military, non mercenary applicants over those having served in repeated combat missions.

Police are paid by citizens and according to the Constitution and the Declaration of Independence, the powers of government, including the police departments are delegated to the government by the people and FOR the people.

Police and other “authorities” serve the people – they are not surrogate mothers or fathers or masters – they are servants which have become dysfunctional and inconvenient.

Police forces like the one in Albuquerque New Mexico can be brought under control by firing those in current positions of leadership and publicly advertising for replacements meeting the new police standards as described above. Officers with histories of violence against citizens should be removed immediately with failure to do so probable cause for civil law suits against these departments.

Many citizens have learned to fear the law enforcement system as violence and physical assault by police is now a daily occurrence. In addition to the physical violence, there is the economic violence as states, counties and towns now swarm on motorists like ticks seeking blood – using so-called moving violations, victimless crime, as major source of revenue; civil asset forfeiture and the ubiquitous DWI/DUI leading the top 5 ways to plunder during a traffic stop.

Police forces feeding on people is clearly creating rising tensions between the public-as-food and the police-as-predator with ever escalating violence and confrontation as the natural consequence.

It is incumbent on citizens to tell local systems of government using police as a major source of revenue generation will not be tolerated and those holding public office will be removed at the next election unless the predation stops. These same government representatives must also be put on notice: police brutality is a crime and these criminals will be prosecuted and, using the principle of vicarious liability, all those in the chain of command above those directly in charge will also be prosecuted.

42 U.S.C. ” 1983, commonly referred to as “section 1983” provides:

Every person who under color of any statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or usage, of any State or Territory or the District of Columbia, subjects, or causes to be subjected, any citizen of the United States or other person within the jurisdiction thereof to the deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured by the Constitution and laws, shall be liable to the party injured in an action at law, Suit in equity, or other proper proceeding for redress, except that in any action brought against a judicial officer for an act or omission taken in such officer’s judicial capacity, injunctive relief shall not be granted unless a declaratory decree was violated or declaratory relief was unavailable.[8]

Bringing charges against police in civil suits for assault and brutality is a way to punish officers outside the internal affairs process of police departments. Many people are brutalized by police which is then justified with resisting arrest charges. Civil suits bringing police videos and witnesses to bear against trumped up “resisting” charges are absolutely necessary to stop this kind of rampant police abuse.

All we have to do to stop the police violence is do something — little efforts by many people have the cumulative force of large efforts by smaller groups. Everyone can DEMAND more accountable and less aggressive police forces.

Finally, it is important for all people to withdraw consent for increasing police intrusion in our lives. Do not call the police unless it is a life threatening situation. Dialing 9-11 involves giving up your self responsibility each time it is dialed. Solve your own problems, ask your family and friends for help — break down the barriers preventing strong family and friend relationships and excommunicate the third party, unrelated, “bigger brother”.

http://www.thestate.com/2014/01/19/3216402/richland-deputies-us-military.html

http://www.thenewamerican.com/usnews/item/17515-local-police-adopt-military-technology-and-tactics

http://www.thewire.com/national/2012/10/chart-says-war-drugs-isnt-working/57913/

http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424127887324374004578217682305605070

http://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2013/09/16/police-are-more-dangerous-to-the-public-than-are-criminals-paul-craig-roberts/ http://www.dailykos.com/story/2013/06/14/1215687/-Odds-of-Dying-by-Terrorist-Attack-20-000-000-to-1 http://www.constitution.org/brief/forsythe_42-1983.htm#_edn3

Human Rights Watch, “Shielded from Justice: Police Brutality and Accountability in the United States,” http://www.hrw.org/reports98/police/uspo22.htm

 http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/sac/wv0104/ch4.htm#_ftn3

http://www.psychologicalscience.org/index.php/publications/observer/2006/august-06/

http://www.nytimes.com/2005/06/28/politics/28scotus.html?_r=0

“The Lucifer Effect” , Phillip Zimbardo : “Virus of the Mind” , Richard Brodie. :

Ayn Randeight:100%; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0;”>”The Virtue of Selfishness”, Ayn Rand:

http://www.amazon.com/Virtue-Selfishness-Centennial-Ayn-

 

The Antithesis of what our Founding Fathers Designed. +

www.arkansasfreedom.com

By Joe McCutchen

Ignorance does not have to be permanent, but if cultivated can evolve into stupidity—Observe today’s America. The antithesis of what our Founding Fathers designed.

September 11, 2016

America is too large to govern and the application of a few Band-Aids may slow the wasting process of local, state & federal governments. President Richard Nixon divided the U.S. into 10 Federal Districts—for what purpose?

Americans are suckers for bread & circuses—entertain ‘em, keep their bellies full, & dwell on emotional phony issues.  All is accomplished by the government/media complex by conditioning, propagandizing, indoctrinating, and lies.

A deadly game being played out for Americans by Americans, and in most cases to satisfy  the demands of Jews, duel-citizens & Israelis. Government’s effective political commercial is to “Keep us Safe”. Governmental agencies are directing the circus (by preemptive Wars, etc.) and are now middleclass Americans’ enemy #1 and such is the case with most of the global community.

Who else but the U.S. is destroying whole countries, unprovoked?  Murdering millions with preemptive wars in its quest to achieve global hegemony. And who are some of the major insider/outsider players? Look no further than to establishment Jews.  For starters: Soros, Murdoch, the de Rothchilds, Gaffney, Perle, Bolton, Mercer, Kagans, Krauthammer, Abrams, Wurmser, Feith, Chertoff, J. Goldberg, M. Levine, Kristol, Brooks, Boot, Ladeen, Libby,  Frum, Kissinger, Koch Bros., Podhoretz, Morris Dees (SPLC), Adelson, and the lord of all, Paul Wolfowitz who is the architect of the “Wolfowitz Doctrine”…”We shall have no rivals”—Abram Shulsky (author of “weapons of mass destruction”) was Director of the Office of Special Plans for G. Bush.  To add to the mix throw in a few white boys to carry out the Wolfowitz Doctrine; (neocons all) Bush & Clinton Crime Families, McCain, Graham, Cotton, Boozman, Womack, Crawford, Rove, Cruz, Ryan, Romney, Kasich, Sasse, Bozell III, Whitmans, O’Reilly & Beck, et al…remember, this is just a smattering. The U.S. House & Senate are messenger boys & enablers for Israel.  For more complete information on the subject of Jewish control of America search “America’s Trail of Tears, Are We There Yet” @ www.arkansasfreedom.com

What about “American exceptionalism?” I say American’s exceptionalism segued to murder, destruction, displacement, spying, and creating $20 TRiLLION national debt—now that’s exceptionalism.

The murdering psychopaths in DC that you ignoramuses continue to reelect for decades, based solely on Party affiliation, have now massed troops on the Russian frontier bordering Estonia, Latvia, & Poland, provoking President Putin, who in my judgment is presently the only legitimate global statesman, and is pursuing a lasting peace initiative with the U.S. to no avail.   Citizens, believing the lies of government and the 4^th estate, reinforced with indoctrination, conditioning, deception, & emotion, make DC inhabitants smile knowing they can continue to hoodwink Americans while they destroy peace & civility.

Bread & Circuses: America offers a splendid array of B & C’s for government’s conditioning, propagandizing, indoctrinating, military recruitment and their cry for eternal war…all directed at useful citizen idiots, e.g. football, basketball, baseball, soccer, rodeos,  & land grant colleges, and oh yes, public schools, on & on. Note that many of these venues consistently present military adoration—a cancer.

Since 911 there have been 3 outstanding heroes (non-military), 2 American & 1 Aussie….Snowden, Manning, & Assange—who made America aware of the absolute total corruption of the U.S. Government & are paying a dear price for their honesty & courage.

Using NASCAR as a poster child for the Bread & Circuses analogy—upon entering a raceway, first finding your seat, followed by the race car lineup on the track.

At that juncture you see a cadre of military in uniforms of some descript, followed by a uniformed military color guard doing basic ceremonial maneuvers related to the American flag. At some events the flag may be half the size of the state Rhode Island, at which time the military salutes & the singing of the National Anthem, the singer’s own pathetic rendition, mostly by women, commonly off key, punctuated with inappropriate yea, yeas, mispronouncing words and/or omissions…with thunderous applause from ignoramuses in the stands. Then comes the flyover with 2-3 SNJ’s or AT6’s.

At some venues the audience is asked to stand, remove their headdress, hand over heart & cite the Pledge of Allegiance. The pledge is an anti-constitutional, anti-state sovereignty piece written by a retired preacher, a flaming socialist by the name of Francis Bellamy. Simply put, we are not members of an American State, but meant to be a collection of 50 sovereign states that the Founders deemed had every right to engage in nullification & secession without violence. The despot Abraham Lincoln terminated that portion of the Founders intent by pitting Americans against Americans and Republicans stupidly or intentionally call themselves the Party of Lincoln.

Government has again accomplished one of their goals, i.e. military displays at public events will continue to be a substantial part of the conditioning process of useful idiots to believe that the military should be part & parcel of every American experience. Recall the Founders fear & loathing of a standing army.

The point of these military spectacles is simply they are to be used as an emotional recruiting tool, a plea for more war, a plea that we are militarily threatened, and citizens should come to expect what the government claims as a patriotic ceremonial experience accompanied with whoops & hollers.

It’s about the big lie, “To keep us safe”!  The ignoramuses, victims of the public schools haven’t comprehended & won’t, that the Enemy Are Us—the voters!

1. The major portion of the voting public refuses to analyze what has & is happening to our once preeminent Republic and who has caused it & who is to blame—namely, they are the incumbents they continue to reelect.
2. DC is an island to itself, & certainly no allegiance to middleclass Americans (as witnessed by the conduct of the Republican Establishment this year), busily selling out our culture, heritage & philosophy that has given way to throngs of 3^rd world invaders, legal & illegal. Diversity means No Whites. Why is our government trading down?
3. A complete & immediate shakeup of the Flag Corp.
4. Leave no incumbent standing.
5. Extricate the military from public events, supplant with appropriate state flags, state songs & a peaceful setting.

A simple solution: there is only one individual running for a position in our national government that deserves our vote—Donald J. Trump. Incumbents begin their political careers as paupers or near paupers and become wealthy. SINCE THEY ARE SO GOOD IN THE ART OF ACCOUNTING FOR THEMSELVES, HOW IS IT THEN “WE THE PEOPLE’ OWE A NATIONAL DEBT OF $20 TRILLION & $120 TRILLION IN UNFUNDED MANDATES?

If Hillary Clinton is elected POTUS, then immediate attention must be given to a peaceful means to restore nullification & secession, which was the Founding Fathers’ intent.  Each state from Sec. of Treasury Hamilton through Lincoln was a sovereign entity until 1865. In the year 1800, Vermont specifically, & later all of New England tried for 10 years to secede from the Jefferson government & others, and never was a sword drawn.

We are the proud recipients of secession from England.

Joe McCutchen

www.arkansasfreedom.com

 

 ON THE CUSP OF TOTAL CHAOS

http://www.rebelmadman.com/?p=522

By Michael Gaddy

We are beginning to see in this country an unraveling of the societal fabric. The government’s decades-long efforts at fomenting a race war are coming to fruition. The trillions of dollars spent bombing people into the stone age have brought across our open borders millions of enemies who wish to harm anyone connected to this country. Since these people do not command armies or navies they will use whatever means and weapons are available to them.

I call this chaos. Many I am sure will refer to it as anarchy, but they would be incorrect. Anarchy is defined as “without leaders.” It does not differentiate between good leaders and bad leaders, it just means without leaders. Government and its shills would have you believe that chaos is anarchy because it supports the state’s agenda with their pronouncement that being without government is anarchy.

History shows governments are much more prone to chaos than is anarchy. Our government today is a prime example. Years and years of socialist doctrine and promoting racial divide is now coming home to roost. Riots in the streets, shootings, and murder every hour of every day. Inner cities are a war zone. That, people, is chaos. For decades the government has stated we have problems that only that government can remedy provided they take enough of our freedoms and money. Then, when their programs and wars turn to chaos they remind us they need more of our freedoms and money and then everything will be fine. But it never is. Yet, the faithful keep voting.

Robert Higgs in his book, “Crisis and Leviathan: Critical Episodes in the Growth of American Government” makes a valid point about what governments have done and what anarchy hasn’t.

“Anarchists did not try to carry out genocide against the Armenians in Turkey; they did not deliberately starve millions of Ukrainians; they did not create a system of death camps to kill Jews, gypsies, and Slavs in Europe; they did not firebomb scores of large German and Japanese cities and drop nuclear bombs on two of them. They did not carry out a “Great Leap Forward” that killed scores of millions of Chinese; they did not attempt to kill everybody with any appreciable education in Cambodia; they did not launch one aggressive war after another; they did not implement trade sanctions that killed perhaps 500,000 Iraqi children.

In debates between anarchists and statists the burden of proof clearly should rest on those who place their trust in the state. Anarchy’s mayhem is totally conjectural, the state’s mayhem is undeniably, factually horrendous.”

Governments with elected leaders have brought untold death and destruction to our world. In the 20th Century alone government’s murdered over 200 million of their own citizens. Governments and their leaders, especially in our country, frequently operate outside the limits delegated to them by their citizens, yet, those citizens continue to support those unconstitutional governments with votes, blood and money, somehow hoping their government will, by magic, revert to its primary task and cleanse itself of corruption. Gonna take a lot of “hoping” to get that job done.

Americans are a strange lot; they claim they want constitutional government yet continue to support with votes and money political parties and leaders who openly admit they will not honor their sacred oaths to uphold and defend and actually promise to violate that oath many times while campaigning. To counter their obvious insanity and complicity in the corruption of their own government, they appeal to hope for help.

Patrick Henry warned us all 228 years ago: “Guard with jealous attention the public liberty. Suspect everyone who comes near that precious jewel. Unfortunately nothing will protect it but downright force. When you give up that force you are ruined.”

Behold what the Public Fool System and the support for entitlement programs and unconstitutional, tyrannical wars has brought us. Americans, instead of guarding the public liberty, continually vote for politicians who they know will violate their sacred oaths and remove even more of our liberties. Many claim they do so to keep themselves and their families safe. Balderdash–how can anyone keep you safe by killing and bombing people whose relatives and fellow countrymen will eventually find a way to retaliate, especially if you leave your borders unprotected and pay them to immigrate.

Our government’s insanity has been ongoing for years, yet millions continue to support that corrupt government with votes and perverted patriotism. How can you distrust a government completely yet believe that same government’s employees should be honored and their actions deemed heroic? The heroic action for these employees would be to honor one’s oath to uphold and defend against all enemies foreign and DOMESTIC! Ah, several former government employees have attempted to do just that. But the perverted patriots call them traitors. Just ask Edward Snowden, Chelsea (Bradley) Manning, Thomas Drake, John Kiriakou, Jeffrey Sterling and many others. Those who have demonstrated true patriotism are called traitors by a government of criminals while legions of perverted patriots cheer wildly. And we wonder at the chaos we now see in our streets and ignore even more chaos on the horizon. This chaos was not brought to you by anarchists, it was brought to you by the politicians you vote for.

So, as you begin to prepare to listen to tonight’s debate between two candidates who have been thoroughly vetted by the power cabal/deep state/international bankers, please count for me all the times either of those candidates refers to the limits on government established by our founders; all the times they mention Samuel Adams, Thomas Jefferson or Patrick Henry; and what you have to lean on constitutionally with the candidate you choose to vote for.

If you come away from this debate with anything more than “hope” that things will get better instead of worse in this country, please pass that along. But, as a friend sent to me on Sunday, remember, “hope is neither a course of action nor a force multiplier.”

“One of the saddest lessons of history is this: If we have been bamboozled long enough, we tend to reject any evidence of the bamboozle. We are no longer interested in finding out the truth. The bamboozle has captured us. It’s simply too painful to acknowledge, even to ourselves, that we have been taken. Once you give a charlatan power over you, you almost never get it back.” ~Carl Sagan

Don’t forget to tune in tonight as millions of the bamboozled take their seat to watch two of the chosen perform their slight of hand and word.

History teaches you cannot regain liberty, power and freedom by voting for evil–regardless if it is the greater or the lesser.

“A nation of sheep will beget a government of wolves.” ~Edward R. Murrow

Tune in to national TV tonight and watch as millions of sheep cheer on their favorite wolf.

IN RIGHTFUL REBEL LIBERTY

Mike

Who Wants To Be A Carbon Trillionaire?

https://steemit.com/climate/@corbettreport/who-wants-to-be-a-carbon-trillionaire

by James Corbett
corbettreport.com
September 26, 2016

Eat your heart out, Al Gore. Being a carbon billionaire is so passé now that we’re in the age of the $100 trillion climate swindle. So the real question is who (or at least which corporate front) will be the first carbon trillionaire? Will it be a carbon eugenics promoting Rockefeller or a global government promoting Rothschild, or a carbon divesting Saudi government, or one of the shady hedge funds that are spearheading weather derivatives and other Enron-developed financial instruments to try to cash in on the carbon fraud?

Whatever the answer, one thing is for certain: you won’t see this question asked (let alone answered) in the establishment gatekeeping press. Instead you will see endless iterations of the accusation that anyone who disbelieves in the woo woo pseudoscience of climate catastrophism is funded by the very Big Oil oiligarchs who stand to benefit from the debunked climate scare.

Both mainstream press and pseudo-alternatives religiously trot out hit pieces from attack sites like Desmogblog to smear scientists and avoid actual scientific debate (which, for the record, the alarmists always lose). Conveniently left out of this chapter-and-verse reliance on Desmogblog is the fact that it is a PR front itself whose primary benefactor is a convicted money launderer. More to the point, they can’t even research or accurately report on the most basic facts. I should know; when I started my ClimateGate.tv website with a free WordPress template and about $5/month of GoDaddy hosting they produced a laughable article claiming that the website was a tv station that was being funded by Big Oil.

No, there’s not time at all in the mainstream press to raise even the slightest question about the hundreds of billions that are already being pumped into the carbon scam from government and institutional investors around the world or the tens of trillions that are expected to be spent in the coming decades. Instead, all of the media coverage is focused on the other side of the issue: who funds those who critique this (demonstrably incorrect) “consesnsus” on global warming?

A perfect case in point is the “exposé” that was published in the LA Times and InsideClimate News last year alleging that Exxon had the entire global warming puzzle solved as far back as the 1970s…and then actively worked to cover up that information. Never mind that they didn’t actually withhold any of their research or findings from the public, and never mind their conclusion (namely, that the massive uncertainty surrounding climate variables meant that they had no clear picture of what is actually happening in the climate) was neither well-informed nor cause for panic; the narrative was already set.

A massive “#ExxonKnew” campaign was organized around the reports and New York Attorney General Eric Schneiderman’s claim that he would organize a posse of state AGs to investigate and prosecute Exxon for…something. Unsurprisingly, that campaign has disintegrated, not least because “investigators simply don’t know what a climate model is.”

But here’s the kicker: The original report was published by the LA Times and InsideClimate News, but it wasn’t reported by them. It was reported by fellows at the Energy and Environmental Reporting Project at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Journalism, which just happens to receive its funding from…(drum roll please)…”the Energy Foundation, Open Society Foundations, Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Rockefeller Family Fund, Lorana Sullivan Foundation and the Tellus Mater Foundation.”

Oh, and InsideClimate News (ICN)? The director of the Rockefeller Family Fund admitted earlier this year that the Rockefellers are pumping millions of dollars into organizations like ICN to promote their climate agenda. Of course, David Sassoon, ICN’s publisher, was a former Rockefeller Brothers Fund employee, and Michael Northrup, an ICN Board Member, directs the Sustainable Development grantmaking program at RBF. As the New York Times admitted as far back as 2013, ICN is “an outgrowth of Mr. Sassoon’s consulting work for the Rockefeller Brothers Fund, a philanthropic group that emphasizes climate policy.”

I could go on and on and on and on and on about the real sources of climate hysteria funding, and who really stands to benefit from claiming that the world is ending…unless you hand over your money and your rights to the UN, of course.

Of course, every time these topics are raised someone will say (quite correctly) that just because the Rockefellers and Rothschilds and Soros and other globalist scions are promoting the global warming agenda with such ferocity doesn’t mean that the science behind the global warming scare is itself wrong. (Of course, this usually comes from the same people who claim that there is Big Oil (you mean, Rockefeller?) money behind every climate  realist, so take their concern for logical fallacies with a grain of salt.)

OK, fair enough. Let’s discuss the science. Let’s discuss the models that are based on equilibrium sensitivity values that are derived from demonstrably flawed math, and how the IPCC has actively worked to bury that story. Let’s discuss the lack of global warming fingerprint in the satellite record. Let’s discuss the statistical trickery upon which this “consensus science” is based. Let’s talk about how conservation success is being used to dishonestly push global warming narratives. Let’s talk about the fundamental gaps in knowledge of basic climatic systems, like the grudging admission that the Antarctic is actually gaining ice, not losing it as previously claimed. Let’s discsuss the 18 year 8 month long pause in global “warming” (which, after a brief El Nino break, could be back by December). Let’s talk about “treemometers” and the unbelievable cherry picking of data that led to the long-debunked hockey stick. Let’s talk about the fudging of the temperature record to make the past cooler and the present warmer. Let’s talk about scientists actively colluding to keep non-alarmist science out of the literature. Let’s talk about any of the hundreds of scientific issues surrounding this highly problematic and highly uncertain field of study that has done nothing but produce dramatically incorrect predictions about the climate so far.

…Or maybe you’d like to go back to discussing how all skeptical science is secretly funded by Big Oil.

So who are the real deniers? And where are their paychecks coming from? And why on earth should the public put blind faith in the pronouncement of Rockefeller/Rothschild/Soros funded publications on these issues, especially when there are literally trillions of dollars hinging on the science skewing towards alarmism?

This article originally appeared in The Corbett Report subscriber newsletter on September 25, 2016. To sign up for a Corbett Report membership and gain access to the weekly newsletter, please CLICK HERE.

THE WINTER OF OUR DISCONTENT: REALITY’S HONEST ELECTION

http://thegovernmentrag.com/the-winter-of-our-discontent-realitys-honest-election.html#.V-aBPTV75UQ

 By Jack Mullen | The Government Rag | 24Sept2016

“The more a society drifts from the truth, the more it will hate those who speak it” George Orwell, “1984”

“Oh Mortal Man, is there nothing you cannot be made to believe?” — Adam Weishaupt – Co-founder of The New World Order

“We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false,” ClA Directory William Casey, 1981

The coming election is a side show, part of the circus in a world of bread and circuses, staged to distract America from the real issues of the day; preventing people from contemplating the real decision on the ballot of reality.

THE DIALECTIC

The dialectic is a managed, false, psychologically engineered means to control thought and use manufactured events to create “Reactions” to pre-manufactured “Problems”, followed with an offering of two “solutions.”

The solutions are always the same with only cosmetic differences and the architects of both solutions originate at the same source. For a pure example of the use of the dialectic in the control and ultimate capture and destruction of America see the Federal Reserve Act versus the Senator Aldrich Bill and pay attention to the “Crisis – ‘Bipartisan Commission’ – Solution”

The “2016 campaign trail” was used to create a voting narrative, a simple and sharply bipolar dialectic – focusing American’s attention on just two options for solving the deliberately created problems of the current American political-economic system.

The election dialectic between the radical lawless left as portrayed by Clinton versus the nationalist, “Make America Great Again” right and alt-right of Donald Trump, has been stretched tight like a bubble ready to burst. The dialectic is a deception to create ‘radical’ division between classes of people, and to agitate for a race war between ethnic groups (namely Negroes and Hispanics and Whites.)

The desired solution is not about the candidate, chosen by election, to lead the existing United States, but rather to position for a chaos which will result in a call for a new America creating an opening for ‘radical change’ in government of the United States of America. It’s at this time when European, traditional Americans, will be forced to make real decisions regarding the fate of their country and culture while questioning the nature of life to be, post America.

 RACE, CULTURE, AND NATIONALISM

These real issues will be violently forced into focus because America has been looted, and the White European, Organic America is under attack. The enemy is simultaneously attacking White Western civilizations wherever they are found across the world.

The desired effect will be a worldwide power change, a New World Order arising out of the chaos of destruction.

The immediate decisions facing Americans, requiring a vote of will and courage, are straight forward and can no longer be concealed by bread and circuses and fake dialectics.

Do European Americans have the will to stand and, if necessary, take back what has been stolen from them and their legacy?

Or, will European Americans allow themselves to be dissolved into a slurry of multicultural obscurity, leaving Western Civilization and its incredible creations such as, art, literature, science, buildings, transportation, technology, and the world’s most advanced culture to decay while the lights of civilization go dark?

For an example of a world where the White culture has been forced out, investigate South Africa under the African National Congress or the ruins of Detroit City in Michigan.

The Western financial systems collapse has been deliberately created and pushed to the breaking point; the collapse is coming just like winter.

The enemy forces are seeking to create a fake narrative to explain the financial crisis, while using the crisis to change, forever, the nature of the American government and the racial structure of power and culture in America.

The coming catastrophic collapse of the American financial system will be a stunner, like a Mike Tyson right hook to the body, followed by the finishing uppercut. Americans reeling from the pain will have to think fast and clearly because experts are standing by to turn trouble into demonic destruction.

RACE WARS TO WEAKEN AND DISTRACT

“Anti-racism” is a fabricated, weaponized meme, and the morons enlisted to proselytize, are tools of racial destruction, pitting races against race and empowering white hatred, while claiming the opposite.

Race is an asset at stake in the coming war, a prize or spoil of a war fermenting. The White race has been targeted world wide for genocide; it’s winner take all.

Do Europeans have the will to defend their race and the cultures it created?

RACE IS EVERYTHING

Benjamin Disraeli, the first Jewish Prime Minister of Briton said in the mid 19th century:

“No one may be indifferent to the racial principle, the racial question. It is the key to world history. History is often confusing because it is written by people who did not understand the racial question and the aspects relevant to it… Race is everything, and every race that does not keep its blood from being mixed will perish… Language and religion do not determine a race—blood determines it.”

All races have Natural Law rights to self preservation and can claim moral authority within in their group to fight to survive. Each race is a component of the beauty and expression of the Earth, a true diversity and uniqueness which must fight to prevent their genocide.

However, there are people on Earth, cleverly bundled under the banner and flags of race and religion. A slick well organized group of supremacists who have doubly protected their agenda using weaponized language, systematic falsifying of history and perfected psychological technologies. These supremacists have declared themselves a race-religion; a “chosen” group of elites who are self-ordained to rule the world. This group believes it can rightfully, and morally, asserting the moral doctrine of their religious myth, destroy all Earth’s races (except their own), and like Frankenstein-as-god, blend and create a New World Man, a mono-race, with mono-culture, sculpted in the image of these new gods, and existing only to serve them.

The new man shall be a docile, subservient man, incapable of self-determination and forever unable to organize along true divisions of strength, ingenuity, and productive power. In this “Brave New World”, the fittest will not be allowed to survive; by decree the new world order will be inhabited by the most depraved, intellectually sterile, and the least imaginative. And, it is these people who will envision the future and dominate the planet.

A new world where the most “under” of “under-dog” shall rise to the top of the pack and rule over a monotonous, dull and dumb-downed brown man; ruling as Shepherds controlling their food flock.

“Everybody has a plan until they get punched in the mouth” – Mike Tyson

 DO WE HAVE A PLAN?

The real election for Americans is coming, an honest, by fire, decision (vote) on the issues of white genocide, cultural suicide, and the repeal of universal slavery.

There will be no candidates in this election because there is no remaining legitimate system of government in America; this election will decide whether their will ever be a legitimate system of government again.

In the remaining time it would be prudent to think about your choices in the Real, Honest election and consider history as a guide to the outcomes of this election.

Do White people concede they have no right to continue their race, culture and civilizations on Earth. Do Europeans concede all of their accomplishments, science, art, medicine, technology and tools of self defense to those who will most assuredly use them to destroy White Civilization at large and the entire White race?

Do the other races on Earth agree to the eventual blending away of their uniqueness, giving way to a one-race, one-culture, New World Order, fully embracing a new dark age; and, imagining looking through the glass darkly, most of mankind will be seen forever as a slave to a mentally ill master?

It would only take a small number of, perhaps “6 million”, people in America to wake up and commit to doing what Americans can do better than any others on Earth, reclaim, rebuild and rationally protect itself and Western Civilization from this parasite. Taking back that which is ours, while leaving to all races the respect and right to their own preservation and growth around the world.

“It does not require a majority to prevail, but rather an irate, tireless minority keen to set brush fires in people’s minds.” – Samuel Adams.

A New World Order can emerge, a world built around real diversity and institutionalized vigilance against the violence of “Anti-Racism” – ie., the hatred of all races.

A New World Order must be built which seeks to minimize the incidence of organized mental illness, while noticing institutions structured by pathological narcissism and psychopath personalities and then, making public, through competitive media, information squelching the growth of outbreaks of such cultural malignancies.

It’s time to make a plan.

For the White man it is important to remember “no man is an island” and groups must form. Choose your heritage and following your intuition, motivated people can rightfully and morally claim and defend what is theirs.

“The doom of a nation can be averted only by a storm of flowing passion, but only those who are passionate themselves can arouse passion in others.” – Adolf Hitler

UN’s “New Urban Agenda” to Assault Liberty in a City Near You

http://www.thenewamerican.com/world-news/item/24110-un-s-new-urban-agenda-to-assault-liberty-in-a-city-near-you

by  Alex Newman

With its “New Urban Agenda” set to be formally adopted by dictators and member governments next month, the United Nations is plotting its latest monumental assault on private property, the free enterprise system, national sovereignty, and human liberty. Taken as a whole, the UN’s radical new plan outlines a vision of an Orwellian world order of centrally planned, “compact” mega-cities run and guided by UN dictates and under total surveillance. Despite all the nice-sounding rhetoric about “equality” and “prosperity,” the text of the document also demands policies that have been repeatedly proven to cause misery, inequality, poverty, and death. Humanity should resist.

The UN’s “New Urban Agenda” seeks to hijack control from local voters and communities over the way cities and “human settlements” are “planned, designed, financed, developed, governed, and managed,” the document explains. The draft UN agreement, set to be “approved” at the UN Habitat III summit in Quito, Ecuador, next month, also purports to lay down “priorities and actions at the global, regional, national, sub-national, and local levels” that should be imposed on humanity. Why the dictator-dominated UN ought to be involved in local or even national policy in the first place is never adequately explained throughout the agenda’s 24 pages.

What is clear, though, is that, if implemented, humanity will be subjected to unprecedented government controls on literally everything. That the UN envisions central economic planning, which has resulted in tens or even hundreds of millions of preventable deaths over the last century, is clear from the document itself. Consider, for example, the UN’s demand that cities, in submission to the global agenda, “change to sustainable consumption and production patterns.” There is only one way for consumption and production patterns to be “changed” to fit the UN agenda, and that is through government control over consumption and production.

For evidence of how well the strategy works (or not), a quick trip to the enslaved nations of Cuba or North Korea that practice government control over consumption and production might be illuminating. The two are among the poorest nations on Earth. The former Soviet Union and other communist states also provide bountiful historical evidence of the brutality, terror, and death that is so often associated with central planning and government control. Yet the UN document gets even more explicit, using overtly Marxist rhetoric in calling on authorities to ensure “equal access for all to economic and productive resources and opportunities.”

In other words, private property rights need to be severely limited, if not quashed entirely. The rest of the document makes that clear, too, as do previous UN Habitat reports that explicitly call for ending private land ownership.

Redistribution is also key. “We will support the development of vertical and horizontal models of distribution of financial resources to decrease inequalities across sub-national territories, within urban centers, and between urban and rural areas,” the document states. Put in simpler-to-understand terms, wealth must be commandeered and redistributed by central planners to level out society. Wealth redistribution at the international level is also called for repeatedly throughout the document, with the UN agenda making repeated reference to UN schemes by billionaires and dictators aimed at allowing the UN to acquire its own taxing power.

The UN document is filled with blabbering about “inequality,” promising to redistribute the wealth of what remains of the Western middle class to the UN and its oftentimes brutal Third World member regimes that have impoverished billions. The word “inclusive” appears dozens of times in the document without definition as well. What the document does not explain is that the mysterious term was concocted and pushed by the wealthiest crony capitalists on the planet — including the Rothschild banking dynasty — who have absolutely no intention of surrendering their billions and trillions in ill-gotten wealth. Instead, it is an amorphous term serving mostly as cover for government control, much like the Orwellian phrase “sustainable development.” More on that later.

Under the UN’s “New Urban Agenda,” every facet of human life even beyond economics will be under the purview of authorities. For example, the document directly calls for governments to ensure that everyone receives “education, food security and nutrition, health and well-being,” areas of human life that in the free world have traditionally been considered primarily the responsibility of individuals, families, and voluntary associations such as churches and charities — and occasionally local communities. Governments are even expected to provide “adequate and affordable housing,” the UN agenda states.

There are already a number of UN member regimes that purport to provide “housing” — Cuba and North Korea again come to mind. Free people, of course, can solve their own housing needs. Cattle, prisoners, and slaves, by contrast, rely on their masters to provide housing for them, along with food, healthcare, and more. Left unsaid in the UN document is the fact that free markets and the free enterprise system have already provided a massive surplus of housing and an abundance of housing choices. Centrally planned economies, by contrast, have produced nothing but grinding and often deadly shortages for everyone except the ruling classes and their minions.

The radical UN “Urban” vision also purports to commit UN member governments and dictatorships to adopting what is known as the “smart city approach.” The document describes it in a rather innocuous way, saying the scheme “makes use of opportunities from digitalization.” “We will strengthen the data and statistical capacities at national, sub-national, and local levels to effectively monitor progress achieved in the implementation of sustainable urban development policies and strategies,” the agenda says. The agreement also vows that governments will “support the role and enhanced capacity of national, sub-national, and local governments in data collection.”

What it does not say is that the “smart city” agenda and the massively expanded data-gathering the UN envisions involve total surveillance of every individual in a way that even George Orwell could never have imagined. Privacy, in short, will become a thing of the past.

Another component of the totalitarian vision involves “sustainable development.” Despite sounding rather harmless, even the definitions of the term given by top UN officials and government bureaucrats reveal the real agenda: less freedom, more government, less prosperity, more control, less people, more centralization of coercive power. The new UN agenda is a “critical step” in imposing the totalitarian “sustainable development” agenda “at global, regional, national, sub-national, and local levels,” the document says.

Everybody must submit. To make sure nobody escapes the emerging UN control grid, the declaration calls for ensuring that the “informal economy” — the economy that exists outside of government regulation, control, and direction — is subject to a “sustainable transition to the formal economy.” Indeed, one of the key “principles” upon which the UN plot is based is described as “leave no one behind,” also a theme of the equally draconian UN Agenda 2030.

Even culture will be guided by the supposedly wise and benevolent overlords who will be taking charge of all other aspects of life under the emerging UN plans for humanity. “We will include culture as a priority component of urban plans and strategies,” the document says. “We will support leveraging cultural heritage for sustainable urban development.” With UN control over education and even “values” of children, who are referred to as “key agents of change” in the New Urban Agenda document and other UN schemes, the future of human life will be easy for the would-be masters to engineer.

The nightmarish vision outlined in the UN document is completely alien to the American system of limited government and federalism. As just one example, the document purports to commit national governments and dictatorships to funneling “financial transfers from national government to sub-national and local governments.” That may work for totalitarian regimes, where local government works to implement the dictators’ decrees. But in places such as the United States, sovereign state governments and independent local governments accountable to their communities are supposed to raise their own resources, rather than become administrative units of a centralized regime with no limits to its power.

Another red flag is that the New Urban Agenda is “grounded in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.” Of course, the UN’s declaration of pseudo-human rights is incompatible with real human rights, granted by our Creator, as enshrined, for instance, in the U.S. Constitution’s Bill of Rights. The UN declaration even explains explicitly that the privileges governments and treaties purport to grant can be revoked under virtually any pretext. In Article 29, the declaration is clear that the UN’s bogus “human rights” may “in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.” By contrast, God-given rights cannot be legitimately infringed upon by government — period — whether it upsets the UN or not.

The UN outfit behind the latest “agenda” has a long and controversial history of advocating totalitarianism. As Karl Marx and other totalitarians have understood, private land ownership and private property more broadly must give way if collectivist slavery is to succeed. The very first plank of the 10 planks of the Communist Manifesto goes like this: “Abolition of private property in land and application of all rents of land to public purpose.” (Others include government education, progressive incomes taxes, government control of transportation and communication, and more.)

In its very first report on “Human Settlements” coming out of the 1976 UN Habitat I Conference, the dictator-dominated outfit made its agenda perfectly clear. “Land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market,” claimed the UN report, a predecessor of the latest agenda. “Private land ownership is also a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth and therefore contributes to social injustice; if unchecked, it may become a major obstacle in the planning and implementation of development schemes.”

As has become typical in recent years, the mass-murdering communist dictatorship enslaving mainland China is blazing a trail on the totalitarian “urban” agenda. The New American reported in 2013 that the brutal regime is plotting to herd hundreds of millions of rural peasants into centrally planned Orwellian super-cities in the years ahead — at gunpoint if necessary. Similar outrages are regularly promoted to Americans by establishment voices. Obama has only been too eager to join in. In fact, just this week, in violation of every principle upon which the United States was founded, Obama called for surrendering more U.S. sovereignty and “binding ourselves to international rules” crafted by unelected, unaccountable, oftentimes murderous foreign regimes.

Indeed, one illegal Obama program to “diversify” American cities, known as the Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing decree, is perfectly in line with the UN’s “New Urban Agenda.” The Obama program uses federal bribes to break up higher income and ethnically homogeneous communities by encouraging and subsidizing the redistribution of people based on race, income levels, and other factors. So, for example, if your suburb is too wealthy, the federal government might seek to put government housing there to drop welfare recipients into it. The UN document outlines exactly such schemes, vowing, for instance, to “encourage mixed-income development to promote social inclusion and cohesion.”

In fairness to the UN, the economic model promoted in the latest “agenda” is not quite socialist or communist, but rather a hybrid of government-directed fascism and technocratic governance often described as “technocracy” by critics who have studied it. In many ways, it is similar to the horrifying  “governance” (more accurately described as oppression) practiced today by the Chinese Communist Party — an outfit that has murdered more innocent people than any other group in human history, with conservative estimates starting around 60 million victims, not including those slaughtered in forced abortions.

Regardless of labels, though, the UN vision outlined in the “New Urban Agenda,” the Agenda 2030 Sustainable Development Goals, the UN Paris Agreement, and other grandiose plots is deeply totalitarian. It is not compatible with human liberty or dignity. It replaces the choices of individuals with the choices of tyrants. Much of it is flatly unconstitutional when it comes to the United States. For the sake of humanity and prosperity, the UN’s extremist agenda must be defeated. The surest way to do that is with an American exit, or Amexit, from the UN.

---

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is normally based in Europe. Follow him on Twitter @ALEXNEWMAN_JOU. He can be reached at anewman@thenewamerican.com.

Related articles:

UN Agenda 2030: A Recipe for Global Socialism

“Smart Cities” to Spy on You in Ways Orwell Never Imagined

Communist Chinese Regime Forcing Rural Population Into Cities

The Real Agenda Behind UN “Sustainability” Unmasked

Dictators and Billionaires Demand Creation of UN Tax Agency

Your Hometown & the United Nations’ Agenda 21

Rothschild Crony Capitalist Summit Plots Against Free Markets

New Film Exposes Communist Roots of “Sustainability” Agenda

UN Seeks “Unprecedented” Amount of Data to Impose Agenda 2030

UN Plotting to “Dramatically Alter” Your Views and Behavior

Climate Alarmists Have Been Wrong About Virtually Everything

Obama to UN: U.S. Must “Accept Constraints” on Sovereignty in Order to Accomplish UN Goals

UN Adopts “Education” Plan to Indoctrinate Children in Globalism

UN Panics Amid Growing Scandal on Child Rape by “Peace” Troops

United Nations Exploits Pseudo-“Human Rights” to Attack U.S.

Congressman Mike Rogers Introduces Bill to Get U.S. Out of UN

#Brexit to #Amexit: Keep the Momentum Going!

U.S. Independence Attacked as Never Before by UN Interdependence

Battle Rages as GOP Saves Obama Plot to Diversify Neighborhoods

Freedom Rights and the Common Law

https://johnhenryhill.wordpress.com/about/

About me . . .

John-Henry Hill is a pseudonym I have used recently (since 2008) when submitting essays solely on THIS BLOG, which I refer to as my “Law Blog”, even though it contains a small number of essays on “topics of the day”, plus a “JOKES” page, a LINKS page and so on… So, WHO am I really?

John-Henry Hill, M.D. is a pen-name used by this author, who is, in point of fact, a former physician and medical researcher, having earned a doctor of medicine (M.D.) degree in the early-1970’s. Within a few years I decided to center my career around private-sector clinical-medical-health research, whose clients most often were numerous U.S. government medical-health agencies. By the mid-1980’s, as personal computers and primitive computer networks (“local area networks” or LANs) began to appear, out of necessity and efficiency in terms of my own projects, I studied and took formal courses in database theory and programming; and soon was programming databases, not only for my own research projects, but for other researchers as well. It was actually FUN, so that I changed careers again and a became full-time medical-health research programmer and LAN specialist for private-sector companies and later two federal agencies,

In 1998 some colleagues and I also formed our own privately-owned company, specializing in database programming for medical-health research for major medical centers, U.S. government medical-health agencies, pharmaceutical companies and similar entities both in the U.S. and Europe. (We did the same work type of work that we had been doing, except that we integrated by code several software products into one system.) For over 20 years prior to my early retirement in late 2009, I worked as a software database programmer and LAN specialist. In the early 1990’s I also earned a Ph.D. degree in American history, with a specialization in “The Evolution of American Law-Political History from the Colonial Period Through the American Civil War”.

There is SO MUCH MORE to learn – for all of us!!! I have just scratched the surface in my years of research and studying; and consequently in all of my essays on this Law Blog. I have been studying this stuff (mostly as a “U.S. history junkie”) for over 55 years; and learned a great deal more when researching for my Ph.D. However, I still do NOT consider myself an “expert” in law, medicine or medical database programming. To me NO ONE is an “expert”; there are simply people who know more about a topic than most other people. None of us can learn everything – not even about our work or profession, our hobbies, or anything else. Life is simply too short. And all people possess knowledge that they never write down, so it is lost to the living and future generations. It is a pity that until about 100 years ago, it was customary for all Americans to keep diaries and write a great deal about what they knew, read, had done that day and so on. Watching sports, radio, films, TV, personal computers, the internet and cells phone have killed off that custom of a daily diary. Those were the people who were the true historians of past generations – and from which most real professional historians (who perform their own original research, as opposed to simply quoting so-called “facts” from books published by other historians) always use such diaries as one of their primary sources of information. It was the ordinary people who wrote such diaries who were the true historians.

My ultimate decision to leave America forever was precipitated by a JOKE I told to a U.S. Customs and Immigration Service (CIS) officer at “Passport Control” at Boston’s Logan Airport upon arriving from Europe in December 2008.  The first two incidents were the most grueling and took place at Boston’s Logan Airport. What transpired and the means by which I sought remedy are described in one of my essays on this blog titled, “DONUTS, THE U.S. CUSTOMS-IMMIGRATION SERVICE (CIS) AND COMMERCIAL LIENS” It is FUNNY and SAD at the same time. However these incidents were NOT the root cause for my decision to leave the U.S. forever. Instead these incidents were the proverbial “straw that broke the camel’s back”.

In 2009 I abandoned America forever as my home and have lived with my wife in Europe ever since, taking an early retirement, with homes in Ukraine, , Crimea (now part of the Russian Federation,  with by far the greatest amount of autonomy of any Republic in the Russian Federation, retaining its own independent, the sole Republic with right and power to postpone and in some instances render void within Crimea the application and enforcement of certain Russian Federation laws, while retaining ts own independent legislature and court system) and Switzerland. I have has NO intention of returning to America… ever!  I am a member of NO political party – neither the Democrat or Republican or Libertarian or whatever – since all political parties are simply competing factions within a Mafia-like system of oppression and wealth extraction.

As the old joke says, “How can you tell when a politician is lying?” Answer: ”His lips move.” Another relevant joke regarding the apathy of most Americans goes like this: One man asked another, “What do think about the ignorance and apathy of the average American?” To which the second man replied, “I don’t know and I don’t care!” 

John-Henry Hill, M.D. , Ph.D.

BUY GOLD and SILVER !!!!!!

e-mail: JohnHenryHill@Yahoo.com

THANK YOU for reading my essays! 

They must find it difficult, those who have taken authority as truth, rather than truth as authority.” – Gerald Massey

“Whenever you find yourself on the side of the majority, it is time to pause and reflect.”  – Mark Twain (Samuel Langhorne Clemens)

“He, who would be deceived, let him.” – ancient Roman maxim of law

“Necessity and expediency are NOT legitimate excuses for violating the Constitution you swore to uphold and protect – even during a ‘crisis’“.  – Alexander Hamilton (1^st Secretary of the Treasury under President George Washington)

“We have people in government who should not be allowed to play with matches.” — Will Rogers

“No man is good enough to govern another man without that other’s CONSENT.” – Abraham Lincoln

“The Constitution is NOT neutral. It was designed to take the government off the backs of the people.” William O. Douglas, Associate Justice, U.S. Supreme Court

“I have never had but one opinion concerning BANKING. They [BANKS] are like party spirit, the delusion of the many for the interest of a few.” – John Adams (second President of U.S.A.) in letter to John Taylor of Caroline; Quincy, Massachusetts, March 12, 1819 as cited in “The Life and Works of John Adams”, 10 volumes, (Charles Francis Adams, Editor); Boston, 1850-1856, X, Page 375

All of MY essays were thoroughly researched and written by me; and concern primarily the various types of law from America’s colonial period under British rule, the 3 types of law authorized by the U.S. Constitution (1) the Common Law,  which technically SUPERSEDES all other types of law, except when on waives some of his rights by CONTRACT. In the U.S, Britain and most of the former British colonies; (2) Equity Law (often called “Statutory Law”; and (3) Maritime-Admiralty Law which applied SOLELY to ships at sea; (and NOT even when a ship was anchored in a harbor or a dock), but which in the U.S. since the mid-1950’s has slowly been applied ON LAND primarily due to judge’s rulings at lower and mid-level courts within the U.S.  In addition there is the U.S. version of (4) the Uniform Commercial Code (U.C.C.) which in the late 1950’s began to gradually replaced Equity Law (“Statutory Law”) at the federal and state levels; and finally the oldest form of law called (5) International Commercial Law accepted by all nations engaged in commerce with any other nation and from which ALL 4 of the previously mentioned previous types of law (1-4) listed above wee derived. There are also essays on how the various types of law originated and evolved (or more accurately “devolved” or were “corrupted”) over time in the United States to the present day.

On rare occasions I will post an article or essay written by another man or woman, with extensive citations and documentation included within that essay on law; and whose background, credentials, text of the essay and documentation and citations therein I attempt to verify to the greatest extent possible. Usually such posts are written by people who are recognized experts on the subject of their essay/article.

First, the MOST important piece of information people should know is that, PRIOR the to the 14th Amendment of 1868, there was such NO such entity as a “U.S. CITIZEN”. Any person if asked about his citizenship would either say “American” (to foreigners) OR give the name of the state in which lived. This fact is accurately demonstrated in the film “GETTYSBURG” in which a Confederate general explains to a British officer/observer that “My country is Virginia”.

I am an American, born and raised in Massachusetts; NOT the “Commonwealth of Massachusetts” or the “State of Massachusetts” which for-profit corporations. And a man or woman living in a state of the Union (but NOT a “State”, which a “legal fiction” as a corporation created later) can be a citizen of his state, but NOT a citizen of the United States (or the converse), as the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on numerous occasions. I do NOT and will NOT ever identify ever myself as a “citizen of the U.S.” (or any variation thereof). I identify myself as an “American”. The reason can be found in the first sentence of Section 1 of the 14th Amendment, which for the FIRST TIME ever defined a “citizen of the United States:  “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, AND subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are CITIZENS of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.”

First, a “person” is NOT a man or woman, but rather a legal fiction. Second, a “State” in the NOT the same entity as as state of the Union, but rather a sub-corporation of the United States Corporation (also created in 1868 in Edinburgh, Scotland). However, a careful reading of this first sentence shows that, in order to be ” a CITIZEN of the United States”, TWO conditions must be met. The first condition may seem fairly simple: being born or naturalized in the U.S. – until you read the various definitions (below) of the U.S. recognized by the U.S. Supreme Court. Were you born in Washington, D.C., Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands? Or were you born in one of the various states? The second condition is that is that you must be “subject to the jurisdiction thereof [the United States]”. Unless BOTH these conditions are met, you are NOT a citizen of the United States. And since Washington, D.C., the Territories and insular possessions are under the EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION of the Congress, the people living in those areas are NOT protected by the Constitution. Only the PEOPLE living in the various states are protected by the Constitution and its Bill of Rights – as the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled hundreds of times. So what do “citizens of the United States” receive in exchange for waiving their rights? The answer is found is the second sentence if Section 1 of the 14th Amendment: “No State [as opposed to a state] shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.” Consequently, by waiving ALL of their inherent, natural rights as guaranteed by the Constitution and its Bill of Rights, “citizens of the United States” fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of Congress, become subject to ALL of its acts (statutes; and the regulations that spring therefrom); and possess only PRIVILEGES granted by Congress, such as “due process” and “equal protection of the laws”. However, any PRIVILEGE granted by Congress can just as easily be taken away. Personally, I would rather possess my inherent, natural RIGHTS as guaranteed by the Bill of Rights than waive ALL those right to a Congress which then grant me PRIVILEGES as it sees fit, unrestrained by the Constitution and its Bill of Rights. Further, I am NOT bound by any acts (statutes) passed by Congress since Congress has NO jurisdiction over the PEOPLE of any state, UNLESS those people, as individual men and women, CONSENT to that particular statute OR enters into a CONTRACT with the United States which binds them to that statute. In short, to the PEOPLE in the various states [NOT States, which are sub-corporations of the United States Corporation] and acts (statutes) passed by Congress are merely “OFFERS TO CONTRACT”, which the people are free to accept [give their CONSENT] or reject.

The problems of the last 100 years in America is that the United States and especially its courts have made the PRESUMPTION in law, without presenting any evidence of a contract containing full disclosure and agreed to by mutual, voluntary consent, that We the People have living in the various states have AGREED to their jurisdiction. And several ancient Maxims of Law state, “He, who does not object, consents.”; “An oath is a contract in law.”; “An unrebutted affidavit stands as the truth in Law.”; “An affidavit must be rebutted point-for-point.” ; “They are perjured, who, preserving the words of an oath, deceive the ears of those who receive it.”; “While the battle continues, he who first leaves the field or refuses to contend loses by default.” (The man who quits first loses; the last-man-standing wins.)

Even the U.S. Supreme Court has acknowledged that there are a MINIMUM of three definitions of the term “United States” and, according to the District of Columbia Incorporation Act of 1871 and subsequent amending acts, the “United States” means either solely Washington, D.C. OR Washington, D.C., U.S. Territories, insular possessions and areas within the various states permanently ceded by that state’s legislature to the U.S. (such as for the erection of forts, etc.). Thus, the various states are NOT part of the “United States”,  but are in fact the creators and “bosses” of the United States”

The root  cause of increasing dissatisfaction with the U.S. government over the last 30 plus years is the result of years of study and simple observation over my lifetime.  The evolution of certain types of law, along with the devolution and essentially the practical elimination of other types of law from our justice system and our society of was once most commonly used type of law in America: the COMMON LAW.

After the ratification of the original (“organic”) “The Constitution for the united States of America”, written in plain English for all to understand, the courts, Congress and people accepted as FACTS OF LAW that the people as individuals were the sovereigns of the Union states, the various states were viewed as separate “foreign countries with respect to each other and with respect the United States”; and most almost all legislated acts (statutes; from which regulations were written) applied ONLY to employees and agents of the U.S. government. The Congress had jurisdiction only over Washington City, as the seat of the federal government, federal Territories, federal forts and and naval stations within a state; and federal buildings within a state, usually federal Post offices. Federal statutes applied to people living in one of the sovereign states ONLY if that individual man CONSENTED to that particular statute. The federal courts existed solely to settle disputes between states; and disputes between people from two different states

..at the Revolution, the sovereignty devolved on the people; and they are truly the sovereigns of the country, but they are sovereigns without subjects…with none to govern but themselves….. [CHISHOLM v. GEORGIA (US) 2 Dall 419, 454, 1 L Ed 440, 455 @DALL (1793) pp471-472.]

“There is no such thing as a power of inherent sovereignty in the government of the United States …. In this country sovereignty resides in the people, and Congress can exercise no power which they have not, by their Constitution entrusted to it: All else is withheld.” — Julliard v. Greenman, 110 U.S. 421..

The people of this State, as the successors of its former sovereign, are entitled to all the rights which formerly belonged to the King by his prerogative. [Lansing v. Smith, 4 Wend. 9 (N.Y.) (1829), 21 Am.Dec. 89 10C Const. Law Sec. 298; 18 C Em.Dom. Sec. 3, 228; 37 C Nav.Wat. Sec. 219; Nuls Sec. 167; 48 C Wharves Sec. 3, 7.]

Even Alexander Hamilton (1^st Secretary of the Treasury under President George Washington) and one of the most ardent advocates for a strong  central government wrote, “Necessity and expediency are NOT legitimate excuses for violating the Constitution you swore to uphold and protect – even during a ‘crisis’“.

“It will be admitted on all hands that with the exception of the powers granted to the states and the federal government, through the Constitutions, the people of the several states are unconditionally sovereign within their respective states.“ ~ Ohio L. Ins. & T. Co. v. Debolt, 16 How. 416, 14 L.Ed. 997 (1854);

“Our government is founded upon compact [contract]. Sovereignty was, and is, in the people“ — Glass v. Sloop Betsey, U.S. Supreme Court, 1794.

This last quote reflects the fact as understood by the Founders and the American people at that time that the Constitution was a type of CONTRACT as a legal TRUST (called “The Constitution for the united States of America” among the various independent and sovereign states. This contract was written by and for the people. The American people were the creators of this Trust. The Grantors (or Trustors) were the states; the Trustee was the new federal government called the “United States of America”; and the Beneficiaries were “we, the people and our posterity [descendants]”. The President was the essentially the chief executive or CEO of the trust, the Congress its “board of directors” and the Supreme Court the arbiter for the trust to prevent the employees (federal official officials and employee) from exceeding the powers granted to it by the Trust AND to settle disputes among the Grantors (states). As in any contract in the form of a Trust, the powers and obligations of the Trustee must be explicitly states; and the Trustee may NOT grant itself any new powers. Only the Grantors can alter the Trust contract, and in our system this can be done ONLY by Amendments to the original Trust contract, in this case by the ratification any proposed amendments by a minimum of three-fourths of the Trustors or Grantors (states). All legislated acts (statutes) passed by Congress were essentially “rules” for the agents and employees of the Trustee (the federal government), as well as the residents of what became “Washington, the District of Columbia” (i.e., Washington, D.C.), the Northwest Territories and later territories, federal employees working within the various states (e.g. Post Office employees”), and federal installations on land ceded by state legislatures to the federal government (such as for forts, naval yards). And if a fort or other federal installation was abandoned or went unused by the federal government, that land reverted back to the jurisdiction of the state in which it was located, UNLESS the state legislature ceded permanent ownership and jurisdiction of that piece of land to the federal government. For everyone else living in the various states, all U.S. statutes passed by Congress are merely “OFFERS TO CONTRACT”. As with any contract, if you agree to it, then you must obey the specifications of that contract. But if any state or individual person with any state does NOT agree to it (he or she rejects it; does not sign it), then there is NO such contract applicable to that man or woman. The PROBLEM since the 1860’s is that the U.S. government and the courts ALL make the PRESUMPTION that every man and woman HAS AGREED to every statute (Offer to Contract) and therefore those statutes apply to everyone within America (without the required “full disclosure” necessary for any contract). We have unknowingly agreed by contract to be under the JURISDICTION of the U.S. government). Further, such statutes NEVER become True Law. Instead, like ANY other contract, by our contractual agreement these statutes assume the “FORCE OF LAW”.

And as I wrote above: Several ancient Maxims of Law (which are accepted by the courts as absolute truth and need not be proved again in any court) state, “He, who does not object, consents.”; “An oath is a contract in law.”; “An unrebutted affidavit stands as the truth in Law.”; “An affidavit must be rebutted point-for-point.” ; “They are perjured, who, preserving the words of an oath, deceive the ears of those who receive it.”(sounds a lot like politicians); as former Soviet Premier Nikita Krushchev wrote, “All politicians are alike; they want to build a bridge where there is no river.”); “While the battle continues, he who first leaves the field or refuses to contend loses by default.” (“The man who quits first loses; the last-man-standing wins.”)

The Constitution was a CONTRACT as a TRUST (COMPACT;) among various sovereign states that ratified it in the form of a Trust called the “organic Constitution” or “The Constitution for the united States of America” – as opposed to a revised version (called the “corporate Constitution”) for the “United States Corporation”  (created in 1868) called the “The Constitution of the United States of America”. And as the Supreme Court has ruled numerous times regarding the organic Constitution, that: (a) the states, NOT the people, were the parties to this contract which created the federal government; (b) it was NOT a contract between the states and the people; (c) it was NOT a contract between the states and the federal government, which was impossible because the federal government  did NOT even exist until AFTER the Constitution was ratified;  and (d) it was NOT a contract between the people and the federal government for same same reason as item c.  It is impossible to create a contract with a man or entity that does NOT yet exist!

In short, legislated acts (statutes) passed by Congress and approved by the President (the CEO  of the Trust) did NOT apply to ordinary men and women living in the various states OR to the various sovereign states. And the ONLY way that this could happen was if that man or woman individually consented, or state through its legislature, And ALL contracts, in order to be valid require full disclosure of the terms, “consideration” (an exchange of things of equal value as determined by both parties, with rights and privileges-benefits exchangeable considered items of value), the mutual CONSENT or agreement of both parties – called a “meeting of the minds” of that particular contract. Therefore, all legislated act (statutes) passed by Congress were applicable and enforceable by the courts ONLY federal employees and agents and to the areas of land noted above under Congress’s exclusive jurisdiction; NOT to ordinary men and women living in the various states. For these people within the various states (as non-employees and non-agents of the federal government) “federal statutes were simply “OFFERS TO CONTRACT’” which each individual one could could accept (consent) or reject.

The most widely used TYPE OF LAW in the Union of these sovereign states until the 1930’s was the unwritten COMMON LAW as adopted from British Law (based on local customs and rules of the local society over the eras), which was simple for all people to understand: In essence, the Common Law can be summed up as, “Only if a man violated another man’s rights or caused injury to that man’s property, was a crime committed.” And the “property” was then defined as all of a man’s possessions, his money, his home, land and even his own physical body.” The shortened version can be stated as, “No injury means no crime committed.”

And the most commonly used COURTS were courts operating under the Common Law within a state (called COURTS OF RECORD).  COURT OF RECORD is defined in Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Edition (Revised), 1968 as:

1. A judicial tribunal having attributes and exercising functions independently of the person of the magistrate [judge] designated generally to hold it [Jones v. Jones, 188 Mo.App. 220, 175 S.W. 227, 229; Ex parte Gladhill, 8 Metc. Mass., 171, per Shaw, C.J. See, also, Ledwith v. Rosalsky, 244 N.Y. 406, 155 N.E. 688, 689][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426] My note: a Tribunal in a true Court of Record is ether the plaintiff or, if requested by the accused/respondent, a jury of 12 local people (the accused or respondent’s “peers”) Only the tribunal (the jury) can issue orders, rule of issues of law and procedure and render verdicts. Indeed, there are numerous Supreme Court ruling which explicitly state that it is “the duty and obligation of the jury to be the sole judge of the both the FACTS and LAW of the case; disregarding all instructions of the judge to the contrary”.  In fact, the administrator (usually a judge) on a Court of Record – a court operating under solely under the Common Law (see item B  below) can issue NO orders, rulings, verdicts, etc. is role is simply as the organizer of the proceeding, whose role to to keep it moving in an orderly and civil manner. An should a judge issue ANY order, ruling verdict, or whatever, he can be found in “contempt of court” by the tribunal (the jury) and even fined or imprisoned
2. Proceeding according to the course of common law [Jones v. Jones, 188 Mo.App. 220, 175 S.W. 227, 229; Ex parte Gladhill, 8 Metc. Mass., 171, per Shaw, C.J. See, also, Ledwith v. Rosalsky, 244 N.Y. 406, 155 N.E. 688, 689][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426] (My note: Such a court EXCLUDES legislated acts (statutes) and even attorneys. Both the accused and the accusor must “PRESENT” himself in court as a private individual man or woman; and can NOT be “RE-PRESENTED” to the court by an attorney, which converts that man into legal fictions called a “person” and a “client”. And in any major law dictionary “client” is defined as either a child; or an adult person mentally incapable of defending himself, thereby making that client a “ward of the court”. In other words, by hiring an attorney, you voluntarily declare that mentally incompetent to defend yourself and make yourself a ward of court, which ma then do to you what it wishes for “your benefit”. And even being sentenced to prison is, under law, considered a “benefit”. Prior to the 1930’s the accused often used unlicensed LAWYER, whose role was an “advisor” and “spokesman” for the accused, but all affidavits, claims, etc. had to be issued by sworn affidavits written and signed by the accused – a lawyer could NOT do these things for the accused. Today, a man can sign a contract with an attorney called a “Power of Attorney” in which that attorney can write and sign an agreement or contract with others, as specified with that “Power of Attorney” agreement WITHOUT any further approval or even notification the the client required, even over non-judicial matters such as selling one’s home, conducting his business transactions and investments and just about an other matter.
3. Its acts and judicial proceedings are enrolled, or recorded, for a perpetual memory and testimony. [3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal 225; Erwin v. U.S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231] (My note: a court TRANSCRIPT is NOT a “an enrolled or recorded written document of the acts and proceeding of a court to be held in perpetuity. Instead a transcript, under law, is merely the notes written and kept by the Court Clerk, which need NOT be preserved after all appeals are exhausted.
4. D. Has power to fine or imprison for contempt. [3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal 225; Erwin v. U.S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231.][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426]    (My note: It is the Tribunal – the jury – which has the power to fine or imprison someone for contempt of court; NOT the administrator or judge.)
5. E. Generally possesses a seal. [3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal 225; Erwin v. U.S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231.][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426]  (My note: this last item, a SEAL, has been and is still now considered optional. In the far past, some jurors were often illiterate and could not write their signatures on the verdict and rulings issued by the jury. Instead, such jurors would “make their mark” (often a simple “X”) on such documents, witnessed by the other jurors, who then used a SEAL as a sworn attestation that the juror’s “mark” on the document was truly that of a juror, as a substitute a that juror’s signature. In many respects it is similar to the SEAL used my “notary publics” in the U.S. by which any written, signed and dated document by a man or woman is converted into a type of “affidavit of truth” after that individual swears “oath” (itself a contract in law) in the presence of two witnesses and the notary public (all of whom must write their signatures on that date of notarization. Only then does the “notary public apply his SEAL to that document over his on signature. The “notary public” and the two other witnesses, under law, become a Tribunal (“Tri” meaning three; derived from the Latin word “Tribune”: “An officer of ancient Rome elected by the plebeians to protect their rights from arbitrary acts of the patrician magistrates,” In legal disputes in ancient Rome, initially three (3) tribunes could over-turn and void the rulings of patrician magistrates, although that number was later increased to  was later

The relationship between the PEOPLE and the FEDERAL GOVERNMENT has been turned upside down by the Congress and affirmed by the courts over the 20, most especially the U.S. Supreme Court. And ever since the events of “9/11”  September 11, 2001).

From the time American Revolution and later the ratification of the US Constitution until the 1938 Erie Railroad v. Tompkins decision by the U.S. Supreme Court, the Common Law was the primary law in America. This Supreme Court decision reversed hundreds by years of American legal precedent by ruling that federal courts court no longer use a state’s Common Law as the basis of their decisions. Today, virtually no courts in America will recognize the Common Law and will toss you into jail for “contempt of court” should you assert your rights under the Common Law. But as much as the Congress and courts (at all levels) have tried to eliminate the Common Law from the minds of the People – and they have nearly done so in terms of what people know about the Common Law, and even what attorneys and lower court judges know – which is next to nothing, if the people educate themselves, they can reclaim their rights and once again make government the SERVANT of the people; not their master. And even as recently as 1973 the U.S. Supreme Court agreed:

 “The judgment of a court of record [a court operating under the Common Law only; NO statutes allowed] whose jurisdiction is final, is as conclusive on all the world as the judgment of this court [the U.S. Supreme Court] would be. It is as conclusive on this court [the U.S. Supreme Court] as it is on other courts. It puts an end to inquiry concerning the fact, by deciding it.” U.S. Supreme Court decision in Ex parte Watkins, 3 Pet., at 202-203. [cited by SCHNECKLOTH v. BUSTAMONTE, 412 U.S. 218, 255 (1973)]

Definitions of a “COURT OF RECORD” and a “COURT NOT OF RECORD“:

A “COURT OF RECORD” is a judicial tribunal having attributes and exercising functions independently of the person of the magistrate designated generally to hold it, and proceeding according to the course of common law, its acts and proceedings being enrolled for a perpetual memorial.; Jones v. Jones, 188 Mo.App. 220, 175 S.W. 227, 229; Ex parte Gladhill, 8 Metc., Mass., 171, per Shaw, C. J. See, also, Ledwith v. Rosalsky, 244 N.Y. 406, 155 N.E. 688, 689.    Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Edition (revised), 1968

A “COURT NOT OF RECORD”: Courts not of record are those of inferior dignity, which have no power to fine or imprison, and in which the proceedings are not enrolled or recorded. 3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal. 225; Erwin v. U. S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231.(Note: A court TRANSCRIPT is a collection of notes of a hearing or trial which are the property of the Court Clerk’s Office as notes written a TRANSCRIPT is NOT an enrollment in perpetual memorial of the acts and proceedings of a court trial or hearing.)  Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Edition (revised), 1968

In summary:

COURT OF RECORD. To be a court of record a court must have four characteristics, and may have a fifth. They are:

1. A judicial tribunal having attributes and exercising functions independently of the person of the magistrate designated generally to hold it [Jones v. Jones, 188 Mo.App. 220, 175 S.W. 227, 229; Ex parte Gladhill, 8 Metc. Mass., 171, per Shaw, C.J. See, also, Ledwith v. Rosalsky, 244 N.Y. 406, 155 N.E. 688, 689][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426] (In other words, a judge acts solely as a magistrate and can issue NO ruling, orders, verdicts fines, etc. It is NOT the judge’s court; it is the Plaintiff’s court – and one becomes the Plaintiff by issuing a COUNTER-CLAIM against the judge as a private man in which you challenge his jurisdiction. Only the Plaintiff or a jury of 12 people can act as the Tribunal in a true Court-of-Record. And if the judge, against whom you filed the counter-claim, attempts to issue any ruling, order, decision or whatever, you MUST OBJECT immediately, even if he issues a ruling FAVORABLE to you. Why? Because if you do NOT object, you have just handed him back jurisdiction over you. You or the jury can issue a “writ of error”, voiding his attempt to issue a ruling, then request that the jury issue a similar ruling favorable to you. But NEVER let any ruling or decision issued by a judge in a Court-of-Record (a Common Law court) go unchallenged. If you do, you have just given him jurisdiction over you, which was the basis of your counter-claim over him._
   
   2. Proceeding according to the course of Common Law [Jones v. Jones, 188 Mo.App. 220, 175 S.W. 227, 229; Ex parte Gladhill, 8 Metc. Mass., 171, per Shaw, C.J. See, also, Ledwith v. Rosalsky, 244 N.Y. 406, 155 N.E. 688, 689][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426]3. Its acts and judicial proceedings are enrolled, or recorded, for a perpetual memory and testimony. [3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal 225; Erwin v. U.S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231]

[NOTE: A “TRANSCRIPT” is NOT an “enrollment”; a “transcript” is merely the personal record of the Clerk of the Court, whose notes are referred to as “minutes”.]

1. Has power to fine or imprison for contempt. [3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal 225; Erwin v. U.S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231.][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426]
   
   5. Generally possesses a seal. [3 Bl. Comm. 24; 3 Steph. Comm. 383; The Thomas Fletcher, C.C.Ga., 24 F. 481; Ex parte Thistleton, 52 Cal 225; Erwin v. U.S., D.C.Ga., 37 F. 488, 2 L.R.A. 229; Heininger v. Davis, 96 Ohio St. 205, 117 N.E. 229, 231.][Black’s Law Dictionary, 4th Ed., 425, 426]

One of my hobbies (more like a “passion”) since I was a medical student in Washington, D.C. in the early-1970’s has been U.S. Civil Battlefields – specifically battlefield tactics as they evolve during a battle –  especially at sites in in Virginia and Maryland within easy driving distance of my home, in Virginia. The battles in which I specialized were: Lee’s Maryland Campaign of 1862, resulting in the Battle of South Mountain (actually at 3 nearby locations a few miles west of Frederick, Maryland) and three days later the Battle of Antietam Creek at Sharpsburg, Maryland. The other much smaller battle, but of much greater political significance took place on the banks of the Potomac River just outside Leesburg, Virginia. While truly just a skirmish, it was called the “Battle of Ball’s Bluff” – President Lincoln’s longtime and closest friend and the very popular U.S. Senator Edward Baker had resigned from the Senate to join the Union Army as a colonel. Despite his lack of any military knowledge or experience, he led this minor reconnaissance expedition (for political reasons), but foolishly chose to set up a line of battle at the edge of the bluff (rather than establishing his lines further inland). Confederate troops were initially NOT there, but Baker waited around until there were plenty! Colonel Edward Baker was killed soon after and his men fled down the bluff to the river. Most who made it to the river drowned, due their heavy packs – since the Confederates has earlier sunk all the Union boats (left unguarded) in which the Union troops originally had used to cross the river. The battle’s outcome changed the conduct of the rest of the Civil War, one example of which was the creation of the “Congressional Committee on the Conduct of the War”. (An open field when I first started studying it, Ball’s Bluff is now over-run by a massive housing development, so that the original battlefield no longer exists. Mr. Ball, who owned the farm on which the “battle” –really a small skirmish – was fought, was a direct descendant of George Washington.)

Battle of Antietam Creek in Sharpsburg, Maryland, September 17, 1862

(Three days earlier was the “Battle of South Mountain” at 3 locations where there are 3 gaps 10 miles west of Frederick, Maryland: Fox’s Gap (extremely steep; leads to Boonsboro, Maryland west of the mountain which is 10 miles from Sharpsburg), Turner’s Gap (steep; just to the south; also leads to near to Boonsboro, Maryland west of the mountain which is 10 miles from Sharpsburg ) and Crampton’s Gap (furthest south and almost flat; leads to Harpers Ferry)

The VERY BEST and most detailed 2 books written on the “Battle of South Mountain” and the “Battle of Antietam Creek” are both by JOHN MICHAEL PRIEST, who happens to live in Boonsboro, Maryland – just west of South Mountain and about 10 miles north of Sharpburg and Antietam Creek. Their titles are:

1.) Before Antietam: The Battle for South Mountain

2.) Antietam: The Soldiers’ Battle

In these books, the authors writes and shows (via hand-drawn maps) where various units were on an hour-by-hour basis – and relied ONLY on ORIGINAL SOURCES. Priest used NOTHING from other, more recent books or articles was used. Only articles, diaries, letters and books written immediately after the battle by the battle’s actual participants – many of which were published in a popular magazine in the 1860’s called “Century Magazine” – were used by Priest. (These articles, written by actual participants (from privates to generals) in various battles for Century Magazine on the Civil War were later published in the 1890’s as a 3-volume set of books, now out-of-print for many years, that took me and friends many years to find all 3 volumes.) Of note: Priest’s books and the 3-volume set of 3 books of Century Magazine articles are INVALUABLE. However, these books are NOT for “beginners” – you should already know a lot about the Maryland Campaign of 1862 and the battles at South Mountain and Antietam Creek in order to appreciate their enormous value, especially if you visit the South Mountain and Antietam battlefields as I did literally hundreds of times, since they were only a 1-hour drive my home in Fairfax County, Virginia during medical school, post-graduate residency and later my medical practice. Even after I changed careers and moved to Massachusetts in the 1990’s, I still visited these battlefields at least twice a year until 2010 when I left the U.S. forever.

Most of the other recently written books on Antietam have major errors, contain the author’s speculations, rely on other recently published works for sources, seldom (if ever) use any original sources, and reach conclusions that are based on hind-sight and are often nonsense. That is why Priest’s books and the 3-volume book set (based on the Century Magazine articles) are so incredibly valuable!

But BAD THINGS happen to us all:

My ENTIRE LIBRARY, which I had contracted to have shipped to Odessa, was “lost” (i.e,, “never picked up”, “misplaced” or STOLEN). Among the thousands of books, journals, articles, etc. were: all my MEDICAL books and journals, PROGRAMMING books and journals, HISTORY books and journals (from Colonial America through the U.S. Civil War), vast collection of U.S. CIVIL WAR books, maps and journals, NOVELS, and assorted other books.

Before I moved to Odessa, Ukraine I had contracted with a company to have sent in a steel container by ship my entire library (over 1000 books on medicine, research methods, statistics, programming, novels, and over 400 books – some out-of print for 100 years, very difficult to find with some old copies found by sheer chance in small bookshops – on the U.S. Civil War, along with many maps, etc. I also had photocopies of diaries and letters form the descendants of locals still living near Sharpsburg; and photocopies of diaries and letters of surviving participants of the Battle of Antietam that were kept by their descendants – the latter items collected over a 40-year period. I also had literally thousands of photographs I had personally taken over the years, as well as copies of photographs retained by the descendants of the battles. The only other goods I shipped to Ukraine were clothes and sporting goods. (Firearms are NOT allowed entry into Ukraine, so I gave them to my brother to store them). However, ALL that I received at my Odessa apartment were about 3/4 of my clothes – presumably the rest “disappeared” into some “black hole” somewhere. And from what I could learn, the books composing my library were never even picked up  by the contracting company. Luckily, I had my two laptops in my baggage on my final plane trip out of the U.S. I sued both the U.S. shipping company (I won) and Port of Odessa (I lost; case dismissed –that is the Ukrainian “justice system), but those items lost were irreplaceable – only the books (some extremely rare) and photocopied materials collected over many years mattered; the money did not.

(Of note, I gave away free as gifts to friends and neighbors my fairly new, flat-screen TV, all my furniture and anything and everything else they wanted in the house and tool shed. I had my attorney donate my car – a fairly new V-6 VW Passat with manual transmission, sunroof, etc.) to charity – NOT because I am a “great guy”, but because Ukraine charges such a HUGE fee on cars imported by INDIVIDUALS into Ukraine; and the donation was tax-deductible. But NOT my books – I was going to keep ALL of them!!!) Therefore, below are maps, etc taken from various web sites. They are a very poor substitute for my collection of maps, some detailing the movements of every company and brigade (with the time and duration of each engagement) for both the Battle of South Mountain and the Battle of Antietam.

Wards of the Nanny State: Protecting America’s Children from Police State Goon’s, Bureaucratic Idiot’s and Mercenary Creeps

http://www.rutherford.org/publications_resources/john_whiteheads_commentary/wards_of_the_nanny_state_protecting_americas_children_from_police_stat

By John W. Whitehead
September 20, 2016

When an opponent declares, ‘I will not come over to your side,’ [Hitler] said in a speech on November 6, 1933, “I calmly say, ‘Your child belongs to us already… What are you? You will pass on. Your descendants, however, now stand in the new camp. In a short time they will know nothing else but this new community.’”—As reported by historian William L. Shirer

It’s not easy being a parent in the American police state.

Danger lurks around every corner and comes at you from every direction, especially when Big Brother is involved.

Out on the streets, you’ve got the menace posed by police officers who shoot first and ask questions later. In the schools, parents have to worry about school resource officers who taser teenagers and handcuff kindergartners, school officials who have criminalized childhood behavior, school lockdowns and terror drills that teach your children to fear and comply, and a police state mindset that has transformed the schools into quasi-prisons.

In your neighborhoods, you’ve got to worry about the Nanny State and its network of busybodies turning parents in for allowing their children to walk to school alone, walk to the park alone, play at the beach alone, or even play in their own yard alone.

And now in the last refuge for privacy—one’s home—parents are being put through the grinder, their actions scrutinized and judged by government goon squads armed with outrageous, overreaching, egregious laws that subject families to the hyped-up, easily offended judgment of the Nanny State.

The latest slap in the face comes from the Arizona Supreme Court whose 3-2 ruling in Arizona v. Holle paves the way for parents to be charged as child molesters or sexual abusers for such innocent acts as changing their children’s diapers or taking baths with their kids.

I kid you not. This is really happening.

As Chief Justice Bales wrote in his dissent:

Parents and other caregivers who have changed an infant’s soiled diaper or bathed a toddler will be surprised to learn that they have committed a class 2 or 3 felony. They also will likely find little solace from the majority’s conclusion that although they are child molesters or sex abusers under Arizona law, they are afforded an “affirmative defense” if they can prove by a preponderance of the evidence that their touching “was not motivated by a sexual interest.” Such a defense, as the majority notes, does not mean that a crime has not occurred, but instead that the miscreant may avoid “culpability” by persuading the fact-finder that the “criminal conduct” should be excused.

Now the court is not fully to blame for this idiotic ruling.

That prize goes to the well-meaning idiots in the Arizona legislature who drafted legislation that criminalizes any contact between an adult and a child’s genitals, whether or not improper sexual intent was involved.

By allowing this legislation to go unchallenged, however, the Arizona Supreme Court has created a paradigm in which parents are de facto sexual predators who, if formally charged, have the burden of proving their innocence “after a lengthy, expensive, and reputation-tarnishing trial.” As legal reporter Mark Joseph Stern writes for Slate: “Arizona’s Supreme Court had an opportunity to remedy this glaring problem… But by a 3-2 vote, the court refused and declared that the law criminalized the completely innocent touching of a child.”

Not only would a parent accused under this law have to prove his or her innocence to the jury “by a preponderance of the evidence,” but they could be forced to spend an undetermined amount of time in jail just waiting to prove their innocence.

The message is chillingly clear: your children are not your own but are, in fact, wards of the state who have been temporarily entrusted to your care. Should you fail to carry out your duties to the government’s satisfaction, the children in your care will be re-assigned elsewhere.

In other words, the government believes it knows better than you—the parent—what is best for your child.

This criminalization of parenthood has run the gamut in recent years from parents being arrested for attempting to walk their kids home from school to parents being fined and threatened with jail time for their kids’ bad behavior or tardiness at school.

For example, working mom Debra Harrell was arrested, spent 17 days in jail, lost custody of her daughter and faced up to 10 years in jail all because she let her 9-year-old daughter play alone at a nearby park. A Connecticut mother was arrested after her 7-year-old, who wasn’t wearing a helmet, fell off his scooter and allegedly injured himself. Patricia Juarez was arrested after letting her 7-year-old son play at a Legoland store in the mall while she did her shopping. Tammy Cooper was arrested, jailed overnight and charged with child endangerment for letting her kids ride their scooters alone in the cul-de-sac outside her suburban home.

Jeffrey Williamson was arrested after his 8-year-old son skipped church to play with neighborhood children. The experience left scars on the household. “Every time that we leave in our car or drive down the street or something like that, every time they see a cop in Blanchester, they freak out and say, ‘Daddy, Daddy, Daddy, are they going to arrest you?’” Williamson said.

Then there was the father who was arrested, charged with child cruelty, and banished from his family home after he spanked his 3-year-old daughter once for talking back to her mother, pushing the screen out of her window, refusing to pick up her toys and throwing a belt at him. The father was also ordered to undergo 52 weeks of parenting classes and two monitored visits with his daughter each week.

Parents in Florida can be charged with a second-degree misdemeanor and face up to two months in jail if their kids have 15 or more unexcused absences from school over the course of three months. Truancy laws in Alabama, Texas, and North Carolina, among other states, have also resulted in parents doing jail time for their kids’ absenteeism.

This doesn’t even touch on what happens to your kids when they’re at school—especially the public schools—where parents have little to no control over what their kids are taught, how they are taught, how and why they are disciplined, and the extent to which they are being indoctrinated into marching in lockstep with the government’s authoritarian playbook.

The harm caused by attitudes and policies that treat America’s young people as government property is not merely a short-term deprivation of individual rights. It is also a long-term effort to brainwash our young people into believing that civil liberties are luxuries that can and will be discarded at the whim and caprice of government officials if they deem doing so is for the so-called “greater good” (in other words, that which perpetuates the aims and goals of the police state).

Clearly, the schools should be educating children about their duties as citizens and how to protect their constitutional rights. Instead, government officials are molding our young people into compliant citizens with no rights and subjecting them to invasive questioning, searches of their persons and property, and random drug testing, often without their parents’ knowledge or consent.

What we’re dealing with is a draconian mindset that sees young people as wards of the state—and the source of potential income—to do with as they will in defiance of the children’s constitutional rights and those of their parents. However, this is in keeping with the government’s approach towards individual freedoms in general.

Surveillance cameras, government agents listening in on your phone calls, reading your emails and text messages and monitoring your spending, mandatory health care, sugary soda bans, anti-bullying laws, zero tolerance policies, political correctness: these are all outward signs of a government—i.e., a monied elite—that believes it knows what is best for you and can do a better job of managing your life than you can.

This is tyranny disguised as “the better good.”

Indeed, this is the tyranny of the Nanny State: marketed as benevolence, enforced with armed police, and inflicted on all those who do not belong to the elite ruling class that gets to call the shots. This is what the world looks like when bureaucrats not only think they know better than the average citizen but are empowered to inflict their viewpoints on the rest of the populace on penalty of fines, arrest or death.

Unfortunately, even in the face of outright corruption and incompetency on the part of elected officials, Americans in general remain relatively gullible, eager to be persuaded that the government can solve the problems that plague us—whether it be terrorism, an economic depression, an environmental disaster, how or what we eat or even keeping our children safe.

We have relinquished control over the most intimate aspects of our lives to government officials who, while they may occupy seats of authority, are neither wiser, smarter, more in tune with our needs, more knowledgeable about our problems, nor more aware of what is really in our best interests. Yet having bought into the false notion that the government does indeed know what’s best for us and can ensure not only our safety but our happiness and will take care of us from cradle to grave—that is, from daycare centers to nursing homes—we have in actuality allowed ourselves to be bridled and turned into slaves at the bidding of a government that could care less about our freedoms or our happiness.

The lesson is this: once a free people allows the government inroads into their freedoms or uses those same freedoms as bargaining chips for security, it quickly becomes a slippery slope to outright tyranny.

Nor does it seem to matter whether it’s a Democrat or a Republican at the helm anymore, because the bureaucratic mindset on both sides of the aisle now seems to embody the same philosophy of authoritarian government, whose priorities are to remain in control and in power.

Having allowed the government to expand and exceed our reach, we find ourselves on the losing end of a tug-of-war over control of our country and our lives. And as long as we let them, government officials will continue to trample on our rights, always justifying their actions as being for the good of the people.

Yet the government can only go as far as “we the people” allow. Therein lies the problem.

We have suspended our moral consciences in favor of the police state. As Chris Hedges told me years ago, “Not having to make moral choice frees you from a great deal of anxiety. It frees you from responsibility. And it assures that you will always be wrapped in the embrace of the powerful as long as, of course, you will do or dance to the tune the powers play… when you do what is right, you often have to understand that you are not going to be lauded and praised for it. Making a moral decision always entails risks, certainly to one’s career and to one’s standing in the community.”

The choice before us is clear, and it is a moral choice.

It is the choice between tyranny and freedom, dictatorship and autonomy, peaceful slavery and dangerous freedom, and manufactured pipedreams of what America used to be versus the gritty reality of what she is today.

Most of all, perhaps, as I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the choice before us is that of blindly obeying, never questioning, and marching in lockstep with the police state OR asking hard questions, challenging injustice, standing up to tyranny, and owning up to our responsibilities as citizens, no matter how painful, risky or uncomfortable.

As Franklin D. Roosevelt observed, “We cannot always build the future for our youth, but we can build our youth for the future.”

---

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His book Battlefield America: The War on the American People (SelectBooks, 2015) is available online at http://www.amazon.com. Whitehead can be contacted at johnw@rutherford.org. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at http://www.rutherford.org.

Publication Guidelines / Reprint Permission: John W. Whitehead’s weekly commentaries are available for publication to newspapers and web publications at no charge. Please contact staff@rutherford.org to obtain reprint permission.

Freedom Rights and the Common Law

https://johnhenryhill.wordpress.com/

 

John-Henry Hill, M.D.

U.S. Attorneys’ AFFIDAVITS: IRS is NOT a U.S. government Agency

United States Government Attorneys CONFIRM in sworn affidavits that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is NOT an agency of United States Government.

 “The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government of the U.S. since the days of Andrew Jackson.” —  Franklin D. Roosevelt, U.S. President, in a letter written Nov. 21, 1933 to Colonel E. Mandell House.

Source: http://www.usavsus.info/IRSnotAgencyOfUS.htm

The following images are scanned copies of pleadings (affidavits certified by NARA) wherein a United States Attorney and a United States Department of Justice Trial Attorney, Tax Division, deny that Internal Revenue Service is an agency of the United States Government.

See specifically page 2 of pleadings, item no. 4.

The allegation by Diversified Metal Products, Inc., Plaintiff, for item number 4 reads as follows:

“Defendant Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is an agency of the United States government which has presented to Plaintiff a lien against monies to which Defendant Steve Morgan, or presumably [sic] Defendant T-Bow Company Trust for him, may be entitled.” 

 1.)  United States Government Attorneys’ AFFADAVITS  stating that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is NOT an agency of United States Government.

Source: http://www.usavsus.info/IRSnotAgencyOfUS.htm

The following images are scanned copies of pleadings (certified by NARA) wherein a United States Attorney and a United States Department of Justice Trial Attorney, Tax Division, deny that Internal Revenue Service is an agency of the United States Government.

See specifically page 2 of pleadings, item no. 4.

The allegation by Diversified Metal Products, Inc., Plaintiff, for item number 4 reads as follows: (See specifically page 2 of pleadings, item no. 4.)

     “Defendant Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is an agency of the United States government
which has presented to Plaintiff a lien against monies to which Defendant Steve Morgan,
or presumably [sic] Defendant T-Bow Company Trust for him, may be entitled.” 

AND

 2.)  United States Government Attorneys DENY that Internal Revenue Service is an agency of the United States Government. (page 2 of pleadings, item no. 4.)

 Source: http://nontaxpayer.net/irsnara0.html

The following images are scanned copies of pleadings (certified by NARA) wherein a United States Attorney and a United States Department of Justice Trial Attorney, Tax Division, DENY that Internal Revenue Service is an agency of the United States Government.

A Comment

The United States Government was created by the Constitution to conduct certain affairs of the People of the several States.  To conduct these affairs, Congress created various offices, departments, and agencies pursuant to its constitutional authority at Article 1 § 8(18).  Where the laying and collecting of Article 1 § 8 taxes were concerned, Congress created the Treasury Department with various offices with one of those offices being collector of internal revenue.  Collectors were officers of the United States, who were appointed by the President with the advice and consent of the Senate.  One collector was to be appointed to each internal revenue district, which was designated by the President.  The office of collector of internal revenue was a public office.  Collectors exercised the sovereign authority of the United States in the enforcement of the internal revenue laws and the collection of taxes.  They could sue or be sued in the name of the United States.  In order for Congress to collect taxes pursuant to Article 1 § 8, collectors of internal revenue are required within internal revenue districts within the several States.  All collectors of internal revenue were fired by the President in 1952 and their duties were assigned to personnel with the Bureau of Internal Revenue.  The details of these actions are set out in Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1952.

What few Americans know or understand is that Congress has an implied constitutional authority to lay and collect taxes that has nothing to do with Article 1 § 8(1).  That constitutional authority is Article 4 § 3(2).

Congress exercises its legislative jurisdiction over large areas of land (federal territories – a “territory”) within the United States (Washington, D.C., various military installations, State land ceded as parks, Post Offices, federal buildings, etc. which the various States have been expressly permanently ceded to the United States government and also over a number insular possessions, e.g., Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands, etc.  – collectively called the “Federal Zone”.

In short, the “Federal Zone” ONLY  is called the “United States” (a municipal corporation); and  Congress can legislate “federal statutes” solely for the “Federal Zone” – called the “United States”) , which includes ONLY  Washington, D.C., various military installations, State land ceded as parks, Post Offices, federal buildings, etc. which the various States have been expressly permanently ceded to the United States (the municipal corporation); plus insular possessions, e.g., Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands, etc.  —  NOT the various States or the people in those States which, as sovereigns in relation to the United States, exercise “exclusive jurisdiction over themselves their own States. Therefore, the statutes (acts or “laws”) enacted by Congress apply ONLY to the “Federal Zone” called the “United States” –  NOT to the sovereign people within the various States or to the sovereign States themselves.

Within these areas, Congress can act in the capacity of a state legislature as well as a national legislature.  Congress can lay and collect taxes within these areas under its legislative jurisdiction just as States do in areas under their legislative jurisdictions.  Taxes laid pursuant to Article 4 § 3(2) are not required to be collected pursuant to the demands of Article 1 § 8(18).  Congress is not required to use collectors of internal revenue for those taxes.  As a matter of fact, Congress can use any organization it desires to collect taxes laid pursuant to its constitutional authority at Article 4 § 3(2).  The Bureau of Internal Revenue/Internal Revenue Service was never created by Congress.  Congress empowered the Secretary of the Treasury to collect taxes laid pursuant to Article 4 § 3(2) and the Secretary created the BIR/IRS.  The Secretary of the Treasury can even use private collection agencies to collect internal revenue taxes laid pursuant to Article 4 § 3(2) if he so chooses.  The Constitution empowers Congress to make all needful rules and regulations for its territory (the “Federal Zone”) and other property and is otherwise silent as to how Congress conducts its business within these areas.  The Internal Revenue Service has been defined by statute to be a Federal agency and is administering the internal revenue laws that have been passed pursuant to Congress’ Art. 4 § 3(2) authority over its territory and other property over which Congress has “exclusive jurisdiction” (which does NOT include the various States).  The Federal income tax, Social Security, and all other taxes administered by the Internal Revenue Service are being laid and collected under Congress’ Article 4 § 3(2) authority.  This is the great secret and fraud underlying the Federal income tax.

Why the Citizens of the Several States Are Not Generally Liable for the Federal Income Tax

is required reading.

See Image eight (8) images below for the U.S. Government’s Official Response to the Court

Why the Citizens of the Several States Are Not Generally Liable for the Federal Income Tax

is required reading.

 See Image eight (8) images below

TOP SECRET AMERICA

http://projects.washingtonpost.com/top-secret-america/articles/methodology/

‘Angel’ in beams of light at World Trade Center 9/11 memorial

OLDDOGS COMMENTS!

It occurred to me that this article was a good place to display the above Photo, so my readers could see a first hand demonstration of our governments incredible guile. A more cunning, deceitful, treacherous government has never existed. As you investigate this website you will be astounded by the number of deceitful people working for it.

Methodology and credits

The Top Secret America database was put together by compiling hundreds of thousands of public records of government organizations and private-sector companies over the past two years.

From these records, The Washington Post identified 45 government organizations (for example, the FBI) engaged in top-secret work and determined that those 45 organizations could be broken down into 1,271 sub-units (for example, the Terrorist Screening Center of the FBI). One of the 45 organizations is represented as “unknown”; this category was created as a catchall for companies doing work for a government organization that could not be determined.

At the private-sector level, The Post identified 1,931 companies engaged in top-secret work for the government. Private-sector companies were grouped together and listed by a parent company’s name (for example, General Dynamics), even though one company might contain multiple sub-units (for example, General Dynamics Information Technology).

In a case where a large corporation (for example, Boeing) has a distinctly named sub-unit engaged in top-secret work (for example, Boeing’s Digital Receiver Technology), the name of the sub-unit was used. In the case of large corporations not primarily in the defense industry (for example, AT&T) that have similarly named sub-units that focus on top-secret work (for example, AT&T Government Solutions), the name of the parent company is used and the name of the sub-unit is noted. For every company listed, revenue and employee data and the date of establishment were drawn from public filings, Dun & Bradstreet data and original reporting.

State and local government organizations generally do not work at the top-secret level; that type of clearance is rarely granted to state officials. But the organizations are all part of a secretive domestic intelligence and homeland security world. The Post examined nearly 1,000 threat documents marked “For Official Use Only” and collected information from government Web sites, reports and other documents to identify 4,058 government organizations involved in domestic counterterrorism and homeland security. Of the total, 2,880 are federal organizations that work at the state level, such as the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Forces (JTTFs). There are also 818 state and 360 local organizations. Many of these listed themselves in documents as participants in either Joint Terrorism Task Forces, fusion centers or Anti-Terrorism Advisory Councils in 2009 or 2010.

More than 20 journalists worked on the investigation, including investigative reporters, cartography experts, database reporters, video journalists, researchers, interactive graphic designers, digital designers, graphic designers, and graphics editors at The Washington Post:

Stephanie Clark, Ben de la Cruz, Kat Downs, Dan Drinkard, Anne Ferguson-Rohrer, Justin Ferrell, David Finkel, Jennifer Jenkins, Robert Kaiser, Laris Karklis, Jacqueline Kazil, Lauren Keane, Todd Lindeman, Greg Manifold, Jennifer Morehead, Bonnie Jo Mount, Larry Nista, Ryan O’Neil, Sarah Sampsel, Whitney Shefte, Laura Stanton, Julie Tate, Doris Truong, Nathaniel Vaughn Kelso, Michael Williamson, Karen Yourish, Amanda Zamora

One researcher was funded in part by the Center on Law and Security at New York University Law School.

Department of Defense HQ (DOD HQ)

Headquartered in Arlington, Va.

| Official Web site

The Department of Defense (DOD) was first established as the National Military Establishment by the National Security Act of 1947 and redesignated as a department by the amendments of 1949. It is an executive department (10 U.S.C. 111) headed by the secretary of defense. The DOD is responsible for providing the military forces needed to deter war and protect the security of the United States. The major elements of these forces are the Army, Navy, Marine Corps and Air Force, consisting of about 1.3 million men and women on active duty. They are backed, in case of emergency, by the 825,000 members of the Reserve and National Guard. In addition, there are about 600,000 civilian employees in the DOD.

Read full description »

Source: Adapted from U.S. government regulations, “U.S. Government Manual”, and “An Overview of the U.S. Intelligence Community”
Learn more about our sourcing and methodology »

Top Secret Work

Number of Work Locations 80

Number of Contracting Clients 291

Types of Work (15)

• Management consulting and administration
• Counter-drug operations
• Counter-IED explosives operations
• Counterintelligence
• Cyber operations
• Disaster preparedness
• Facilities and Infrastructure
• Weapons technology
• Information technology
• Intelligence analysis
• Law enforcement
• Nuclear operations
• Staffing and personnel
• Building and personal security
• Training

Information technology

The backbone infrastructure of communications and computing, including common user information and communications networks, computer hardware and software, and data processing and preservation (i.e. data warehousing).

837 results for Information technology

46 government organizations | 791 companies

Showing page of 0 page

Government Organization		HQ Location			Number of Locations		Number of Contracting Companies
Africa Command		Stuttgart-Moehringen, AE			2		19
Air Force		Arlington, VA			99		392
Air Force Intelligence		Arlington, VA			113		153
Army		Arlington, VA			106		353
Army Intelligence		Fort Belvoir, VA			93		120
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives		Washington, DC			182		28
Central Command		Tampa, FL			6		64
Central Intelligence Agency		McLean, VA			36		114
Coast Guard		Washington, DC			15		44
Congress		Washington, DC			1		0
Customs and Border Protection		Washington, DC			56		56
Defense agencies		Arlington, VA			78		332
Defense Intelligence Agency		Arlington, VA			22		317
Department of Defense HQ		Arlington, VA			80		291
Department of Energy		Washington, DC			18		87
Department of Homeland Security HQ		Washington, DC			270		318
Department of Justice		Washington, DC			52		89
Director of National Intelligence		McLean, VA			11		140
Drug Enforcement Administration		Arlington, VA			92		36
European Command		Stuttgart-Vaihingen, AE			2		11
Federal Bureau of Investigation		Washington, DC			448		173
Federal Emergency Management Agency		Washington, DC			21		40
Immigration and Customs Enforcement		Washington, DC			45		12
Joint Chiefs of Staff		Arlington, VA			6		45
Joint Forces Command		Norfolk, VA			8		45
Joint Improvised Explosive Device Defeat Org.		Arlington, VA			4		68
Marine Corps		Arlington, VA			24		82
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency		Bethesda, MD			8		121
National Reconnaissance Office		Chantilly, VA			6		124
National Security Agency		Ft. Meade, MD			19		484
Navy		Arlington, VA			56		385
Navy Intelligence		Arlington, VA			31		104
Northern Command		Colorado Springs, CO			13		56
Other civil departments and agencies		Washington, DC			31		4
Pacific Command		Camp H.M. Smith, HI			6		27
Secret Service		Washington, DC			117		17
Southern Command		Miami, FL			9		29
Special Operations Command		Tampa, FL			12		125
State Department		Washington, DC			9		146
States and National Guard		Washington, DC			3		3
Strategic Command		Omaha, NE			14		99
Transportation Command		Scott AFB, IL			1		11
Transportation Security Administration		Arlington, VA			11		49
Treasury Department		Washington, DC			6		90
Unknown					0		455
White House		Washington, DC			2		26
Company Name	HQ Location		Year Est.	Employees		Revenue		Locations	Govt. Clients
10dB Gain, LLC	Warner Robins, Georgia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
1FORCE	Herndon, Virginia		2007	Unknown		Unknown		2	1
1 Source Consulting, Inc.	Washington, District of Columbia		1999	Unknown		Unknown		3	3
21st Century Systems, Inc.	Omaha, Nebraska		1996	101-500		Under $100 million		3	5
22nd Century Technologies, Inc	Somerset, New Jersey		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		3	1
3Di Technologies	Annapolis, Maryland		2004	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
3S Group Incorporated	Vienna, Virginia		1996	<25		Under $100 million		1	4
AASKI Technology, Inc.	Asbury Park, New Jersey		1997	<25		Under $100 million		5	2
Abacus Solutions Group, LLC	San Antonio, Texas		1983	<25		Under $100 million		2	1
Abacus Technology Corporation	Lexington, Maryland		1983	Unknown		Unknown		2	6
AccessData	Lindon, Utah		1988	101-500		Under $100 million		2	2
Access Systems	Reston, Virginia		1992	101-500		Unknown		2	8
AC Technology	Dulles, Virginia		1991	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
ActioNet, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1998	101-500		Under $100 million		2	4
Activu	Denville, New Jersey		1983	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Adapx	Seattle, Washington		2007	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Adobe	San Jose, California		1982	5,000-10,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		2	1
Advanced Information Services	Peoria, Illinois		1986	26-100		Unknown		1	2
Advanced Programs Group LLC	Reston, Virginia		2003	<25		Unknown		2	3
Advanced Programs Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		1969	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Advanced Resource Technologies, Inc.	Alexandria, Virginia		1986	101-500		Under $100 million		5	7
Advanced Systems Development, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1979	101-500		Under $100 million		4	7
Adwaiy Tech LLC	Chantilly, Virginia		Unknown	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
AESEC Global Services, Inc.	Pacific Grove, California		2003	<25		Unknown		1	3
Agency Consulting Group, Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		11	5
AgilePath Corporation	Newburyport, Massachusetts		2003	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
Agilex Technologies	Chantilly, Virginia		2007	101-500		Under $100 million		6	3
AINS, Inc.	Gaithersburg, Maryland		1988	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
Akima Corporation	Charlotte, North Carolina		1990	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		4	1
Akimeka LLC	Kihei, Hawaii		1997	Unknown		Unknown		4	1
Akshay	Princeton, New Jersey		1993	<25		Under $100 million		2	1
Alamo City Engineering Services Inc.	San Antonio, Texas		2002	<25		Under $100 million		1	5
Alcosys	Arlington, Virginia		1989	<25		Unknown		3	2
Allied Technology Group, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1986	101-500		Under $100 million		31	14
Altera Corporation	SAN JOSE, California		1983	2,001-5,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		3	1
Amdex	Silver Spring, Maryland		1987	101-500		Under $100 million		2	6
American Cybersystems, Inc	Tucker, Georgia		1998	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		11	1
American Systems Corporation	Chantilly, Virginia		1975	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		25	13
Americom Government Services	Princeton, New Jersey		2001	26-100		Unknown		2	5
Amyx, Inc.	Alexandria, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
Analysts International Corporation	Minneapolis, Minnesota		1966	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	1
Analytical Graphics, Inc	Exton, Pennsylvania		1989	101-500		Under $100 million		3	4
Anonymizer, Inc	San Diego, California		1997	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
ANSYA Enterprise Solutions	Pittsford, New York		2003	<25		Unknown		2	3
AnviCom Command Federal	Alexandria, Virginia		1987	101-500		Under $100 million		2	4
Apollo Information Systems	Los Gatos, California		2002	<25		Unknown		1	1
Appistry	Saint Louis, Missouri		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Applied Computing Technologies, Inc.	Springfield, Virginia		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Applied Engineering and Technical Solutions, Inc.	Colorado Springs, Colorado		2007	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
Applied Information Sciences	Reston, Virginia		1982	101-500		Under $100 million		4	4
Applied Innovation Alliance, LLC	West Bloomfield, Michigan		2002	<25		Unknown		1	1
Applied Quality Communications, Inc.	Oxon Hill, Maryland		1990	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
Applied Solutions, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		2	4
Appscio	Freedom, California		2006	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Apptis Inc.	Chantilly, Virginia		2003	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		9	9
AQIWO	Arlington, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	7
ArcSight	Cupertino, California		2000	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		3	3
Argus Systems Group	Savoy, Illinois		2003	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Armedia	Atlanta, Georgia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Artel, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1986	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		4	5
ASAAW Group	Ashburn, Virginia		1997	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
ASD, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1979	101-500		Under $100 million		3	3
ASEG, Inc.	San Diego, California		1993	<25		Under $100 million		2	2
ASM Research, Inc	Fairfax, Virginia		1986	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
Aspera	Emeryville, California		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Aspex, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
Aspiration Software	Front Royal, Virginia		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
ASRC Federal Holding Company, an Arctic Slope Regional Corporation company	Greenbelt, Maryland		2003	501-2,000		Unknown		2	1
A-TEK, Inc.	Leesburg, Virginia		1996	101-500		Under $100 million		6	9
ATS Corporation	McLean, Virginia		1978	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	6
A&T Systems Inc.	Silver Spring, Maryland		1984	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
AT&T Corporation	Vienna, Virginia		2000	2,001-5,000		$10 billion to $50 billion		44	18
Attensity Corporation	Palo Alto, California		2000	26-100		Unknown		1	4
Audio-Video Systems	Chantilly, Virginia		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		1	12
Automation Technologies, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		6	3
Autonomy	San Francisco, California		1996	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
Auto-Trol	Westminster, Colorado		1962	101-500		Unknown		1	2
Avaya Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		2000	10,000+		$1 billion to $10 billion		7	12
Avesta Computer Services	Jersey City, New Jersey		1994	26-100		Unknown		2	1
Avocent Corporation	Huntsville, Alabama		1981	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		1	2
Axom Technologies Inc.	Pasadena, Maryland		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		4	2
Axxum Technologies	Gainesville, Virginia		2006	<25		Unknown		2	1
Azimuth Inc.	Morgantown, West Virginia		1988	26-100		Unknown		1	2
B&A-DSI, Inc.	McLean, Virginia		1992	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Base One Technologies	New Rochelle, New York		1994	<25		Unknown		4	3
Base Technologies, Inc.	McLean, Virginia		1987	101-500		Under $100 million		3	2
Basis Technology Corporation	Cambridge, Massachusetts		1988	26-100		Unknown		2	3
Bay State Computers Inc.	Bowie, Maryland		1992	26-100		Unknown		4	7
Beacon Systems	Coral Springs, Florida		2005	<25		Under $100 million		6	2
Betis Group	Arlington, Virginia		1995	26-100		Unknown		1	4
BIAS Corporation	Atlanta, Georgia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
Binary Consulting	Arlington, Virginia		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Blackstone Technology Group	San Francisco, California		1998	101-500		Unknown		7	5
Blue Canopy Federal Practice	Reston, Virginia		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		6	7
Bluemont Technology and Research	Bluemont, Virginia		2007	<25		Unknown		2	1
Blue Tech	San Diego, California		1985	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
BMC Software	Houston, Texas		1980	5,000-10,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		3	2
Bomgar	Ridgeland, Mississippi		2003	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Bowhead Information Technology Services	King George, Virginia		2003	101-500		Unknown		9	7
Bridgeborn	Virginia Beach, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
BriteVision Technologies Inc.	San Antonio, Texas		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Brocade Communications Systems	San Jose, California		1995	2,001-5,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		4	4
Buchanan & Edwards	Arlington, Virginia		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Business Integra	Greenbelt, Maryland		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Buxton Consulting	Pleasanton, California		1981	26-100		Under $100 million		3	1
By Light Professional IT Services	Arlington, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		1	7
C2 Technologies, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		5	11
Cape Fox Professional Service	Manassas, Virginia		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		6	1
Capgemini Government Solutions	Herndon, Virginia		2002	Unknown		Unknown		1	2
CapRock Government Solutions	Houston, Texas		1983	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		10	9
Capstone Corporation	Alexandria, Virginia		1986	101-500		Under $100 million		4	5
Carpathia Hosting, Inc.	Ashburn, Virginia		2003	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Carson Solutions LLC	Clinton, Maryland		2000	<25		Unknown		2	3
Catapult Technology Ltd	Bethesda, Maryland		1996	501-2,000		Under $100 million		7	4
CC Intelligent Solutions	Raleigh, North Carolina		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
CDO Technologies, Inc.	Dayton, Ohio		1995	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Celerity IT LLC	McLean, Virginia		2002	101-500		Under $100 million		15	5
CenGen	Columbia, Maryland		2000	26-100		Unknown		1	3
Centech Group, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1988	Unknown		Unknown		1	3
CentreTEK Solutions, LLC	Ellicott City, Maryland		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Centurum, Inc.	Marlton, New Jersey		1969	101-500		Under $100 million		5	16
CGI	Fairfax, Virginia		1976	10,000+		$1 billion to $10 billion		2	3
Chaotic	Vienna, Virginia		1984	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Cherokee Information Services	Arlington, Virginia		1990	101-500		Under $100 million		1	12
CherryRoad Technologies	Morris Plains, New Jersey		2007	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
Chickasaw Nation Industries	Norman, Oklahoma		1996	Unknown		Unknown		9	2
CIBER, Inc.	Greenwood Village, Colorado		1974	5,000-10,000		$750 million to $1 billion		9	4
Cisco Systems	San Jose, California		1984	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		4	1
Citizant	Chantilly, Virginia		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		2	2
Clearcube Technology	Austin, Texas		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		1	6
CNSI, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1994	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		1	5
Coact, Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		1990	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Colding Technologies, LLC	Landover, Maryland		1999	<25		Under $100 million		2	6
Coleman Technologies, Inc.	Orlando, Florida		1995	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		1	2
CollabraSpace	Annapolis, Maryland		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		4	3
CommIT Enterprises, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
Communication Technologies, Inc.	Chantilly, Virginia		1990	501-2,000		Under $100 million		1	5
Compusult	Reston, Virginia		2007	<25		Unknown		1	1
Computech Resources Inernational Inc.	Shrewsbury, New Jersey		1991	26-100		Unknown		2	3
Computer Enterprises, Inc.	Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania		1992	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Computer Integration & Programming Solutions Corp.	Bethesda, Maryland		1992	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
Computer Sciences Corporation	Falls Church, Virginia		1959	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		77	24
Computer Systems Center, Inc.	Springfield, Virginia		1987	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Computer Technologies Consultants	Seabrook, Maryland		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Computer Technology Services, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1983	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
Computing Technologies, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1992	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
COMSO, Inc.	Greenbelt, Maryland		1988	26-100		Under $100 million		3	5
Comtech LLC	Vienna, Virginia		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Comter Systems, Inc. Government Solutions	Fairfax, Virginia		1995	<25		Under $100 million		3	4
Concept Solutions LLC	Reston, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Concurrent EDA, LLC	Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania		2006	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Confluent Corporation	Arlington, Virginia		1996	<25		Unknown		2	4
Connected Workplace Solutions	Chantilly, Virginia		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
Convera	Vienna, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	6
Convergent Technologies, Inc.	Baltimore, Maryland		1997	<25		Under $100 million		4	4
Convergenz, LLC	McLean, Virginia		2000	101-500		Under $100 million		11	5
Cooper Photonics, Inc.	Upper Marlboro, Maryland		2000	<25		Under $100 million		3	3
CraftLogic Software	Frisco, Texas		2001	<25		Unknown		2	1
Craig Technologies	Cape Canaveral, Florida		1999	Unknown		Unknown		3	8
Creative Computing Solutions, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1992	101-500		Under $100 million		4	5
Creative Information Technology, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1996	Unknown		Unknown		1	5
Credant Technologies	Addison, Texas		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Criterion Systems	Vienna, Virginia		2005	101-500		Under $100 million		1	8
Cs2	Pasadena, Maryland		2005	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
CSP Technologies	Montville, New Jersey		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
CSSi	Washington, District of Columbia		1990	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
CTAC	Fairfax, Virginia		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
CTA Solutions	Alexandria, Virginia		2004	<25		Unknown		2	2
CTG, Inc.	Oakton, Virginia		1987	101-500		Under $100 million		3	9
Cutting Edge Communications, LLC	Huntington Beach, California		1998	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
CyberCore Technologies	Elkridge, Maryland		2000	101-500		Unknown		4	2
CYIOS Corporation	Washington, District of Columbia		1997	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Data-Core Systems, Inc.	Philadelphia, Pennsylvania		1988	101-500		Unknown		2	2
Data Fusion Corporation	Denver, Colorado		1992	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
Data Intelligence LLC	Marlton, New Jersey		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
Dataline LLC	Norfolk, Virginia		1990	101-500		Unknown		10	11
Data Networks Corporation	Reston, Virginia		1984	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
DataSync	Manassas, Virginia		2003	<25		Unknown		2	1
Data Systems Analysts, Inc	Feasterville Trevos, Pennsylvania		1963	101-500		Under $100 million		8	6
Data Systems and Technology, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1990	26-100		Under $100 million		2	7
Data Tactics	Alexandria, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		11	3
DataVise ITS	Austin, Texas		1988	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
David Hale Associates, Inc.	Owings, Maryland		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		3	1
Davidson Technologies	Huntsville, Alabama		1996	101-500		Under $100 million		2	1
DCS	Newbury Park, California		1994	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Decision Software Systems, Inc.	Doylestown, Pennsylvania		1985	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Definitive Logic	Arlington, Virginia		1999	Unknown		Unknown		1	5
Dell, Inc. / Dell Perot Systems	Round Rock, Texas		1984	Unknown		Above $50 billion		20	4
DestinE Research Group LLC	Niceville, Florida		2006	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Devine Consulting	Union City, California		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Dexisive	Reston, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
DHA Inc	Owings, Maryland		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		3	1
DHPC, Inc.	Westwood, New Jersey		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Dichroma	Alexandria, Virginia		1984	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Digicon Corporation	Herndon, Virginia		1985	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Digital Receiver Technology, Inc., a Boeing Company	Germantown, Maryland		1997	101-500		Unknown		1	1
Diligent Consulting	San Antonio, Texas		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Distributed Systems Services	Reading, Pennsylvania		1995	101-500		Unknown		2	1
Disys	Chantilly, Virginia		1994	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		7	3
Diverse Technologies Corporation	Upper Marlboro, Maryland		1988	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
DKW Communications, Inc.	Washington, District of Columbia		2000	101-500		Under $100 million		3	3
Dowless and Associates	Herndon, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Dreamhammer	Santa Monica, California		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
DSCI	Eatontown, New Jersey		1992	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		5	1
DS Information Systems Corporation	Aiea, Hawaii		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
DSoft Technology	Colorado Springs, Colorado		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
DSPcon, Inc.	Bridgewater, New Jersey		1991	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
DTECH LABS	Sterling, Virginia		2001	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Duer Advanced Technology and Aerospace, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		3	1
Dynamic Analytics & Test Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1999	<25		Unknown		1	5
Dynamic Technology Systems	Alexandria, Virginia		1987	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
Dynamis	Arlington, Virginia		2008	Unknown		Unknown		2	1
EADS NA Defense Security and Systems Solutions, Inc.	San Antonio, Texas		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		5	2
Eagan, McCallister Associates, Inc., an SAIC Company	Lexington Park, Maryland		1984	501-2,000		Unknown		2	10
EAGLE Enterprise Joint Venture	Vienna, Virginia		2005	501-2,000		Unknown		2	2
EchoStorm Worldwide	Suffolk, Virginia		2003	26-100		Unknown		2	1
EDAptive Computing, Inc.	Dayton, Ohio		1997	<25		Under $100 million		1	4
EDC Consulting Services	Washington, District of Columbia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Edgesource Corporation	Alexandria, Virginia		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Edge Technologies, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1993	26-100		Unknown		2	2
Edgewater Federal Solutions	Urbana, Maryland		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Eiden Systems Corporation	Charlottesville, Virginia		1981	26-100		Unknown		2	7
eklypse2	Littleton, Colorado		1999	<25		Unknown		1	1
Elicitek Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Elite Consulting Group	New York, New York		1997	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
e-Management	Silver Spring, Maryland		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
EMC Corporation	McLean, Virginia		1979	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		9	1
E.M. Norton Enterprises, Inc.	San Diego, California		2003	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
EMSolutions	Arlington, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
E & M Technologies, Inc.	Severn, Maryland		2005	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
EMW, Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		1991	101-500		Under $100 million		1	6
Endeavor Systems	McLean, Virginia		1999	26-100		Unknown		4	3
Endeca Technologies, Inc.	Cambridge, Massachusetts		1999	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		1	1
Enerdyne Technologies Inc., a Viasat Company	El Cajon, California		2006	26-100		Unknown		1	2
Energy Enterprise Solutions, LLC	Germantown, Maryland		2004	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		5	2
Engineering Documentation Systems, Inc.	Corona, California		1988	101-500		Unknown		3	3
Engineering Services Network, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1994	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Engineering, Software and Network Services	Alexandria, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		5	2
Engineering Solutions and Products	Eatontown, New Jersey		2000	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		1	2
Engineering Systems Solutions, Inc.	Frederick, Maryland		1994	101-500		Under $100 million		10	5
Enterprise and Portal Software Systems	Columbia, Maryland		2003	<25		Unknown		1	2
Enterprise Business Solutions	Burke, Virginia		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Enterprise Information Services, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1994	101-500		Under $100 million		1	8
Epoch Software Systems Inc.	Gulf Breeze, Florida		1989	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
E*Pro Technologies	Woodbridge, New Jersey		2005	<25		Unknown		1	1
Ericsson Federal, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1990	101-500		Unknown		2	2
ESG Consulting	Santa Clara, California		1986	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Espy Corporation	Austin, Texas		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
ESRI	Redlands, California		1969	2,001-5,000		$750 million to $1 billion		3	3
Evolver, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		2000	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
E-volve Technology Systems, Inc.	Fort Washington, Maryland		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
Excell Data, a Compucom Company	Bellevue, Washington		2001	101-500		Unknown		1	1
Excel Management Systems, Inc.	Columbus, Ohio		1989	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Exceptional Software Strategies, Inc.	Linthicum Heights, Maryland		1996	101-500		Unknown		3	2
ExecuTech Strategic Consulting	Woodbridge, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Executive Systems West	Aurora, Colorado		1983	<25		Unknown		1	1
eXMeritus Software Federal Systems, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		2002	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
Expert Consultants, Inc.	Frederick, Maryland		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Ezenia!, Inc.	Nashua, New Hampshire		1991	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Facchina Global Services, LLC	La Plata, Maryland		2004	101-500		Unknown		3	2
Fairfield Technologies	Washington, District of Columbia		1990	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Fcaps Inc.	Upper Marlboro, Maryland		2000	<25		Unknown		2	1
FCN IT	Rockville, Maryland		1990	Unknown		Under $100 million		2	1
Federal IT Consulting	Rockville, Maryland		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Federated IT	Washington, District of Columbia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		3	4
FGM, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1987	101-500		Under $100 million		3	8
FiberTechnologies	Moneta, Virginia		1990	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
Flash Technology Group LLC	Sykesville, Maryland		2007	<25		Unknown		1	5
FlatIron Solutions	Boulder, Colorado		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
Flatter & Associates	Stafford, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
FlexPoint Technology	Reston, Virginia		2007	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
FMS Secure Solutions LLC	Linthicum Heights, Maryland		2000	<25		Under $100 million		2	2
Forbes Analytic Software, Inc.	Leesburg, Virginia		1989	<25		Under $100 million		2	1
Force 3, Inc.	Crofton, Maryland		1991	101-500		Under $100 million		9	1
Foxhole Technology	Fairfax, Virginia		2007	<25		Under $100 million		3	8
Frontier Technologies, Inc.	Edgewater, Maryland		1984	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
Frontline Systems, Inc.	San Antonio, Texas		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Fulcrum IT Services	Manassas, Virginia		1985	101-500		Under $100 million		19	10
G3 Technologies, Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
GAITS	Alexandria, Virginia		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Gartner	Stamford, Connecticut		1979	2,001-5,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		2	1
G & B Solutions, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
Genova Technologies	Cedar Rapids, Iowa		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Geomatrix Software Services	Bound Brook, New Jersey		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Get-U-Started w/NT Solutions, LLC	Charlotte, North Carolina		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
GH Engineering, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Global CI	Windsor Mill, Maryland		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		4	6
Global Infotek Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Global Management Systems Inc.	Washington, District of Columbia		1988	101-500		Under $100 million		1	8
Global Network Systems	Rockville, Maryland		1998	<25		Under $100 million		2	4
Global Technical Systems	Virginia Beach, Virginia		1997	26-100		Unknown		1	7
Global Technology Resources, Inc.	Denver, Colorado		1998	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		3	2
Globecomm Services Maryland LLC	Savage, Maryland		1994	Unknown		Unknown		3	1
Glotech	Rockville, Maryland		1995	26-100		Unknown		3	1
Google	Mountain View, California		1998	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		2	1
Government Systems, Inc.	Alexandria, Virginia		2001	<25		Under $100 million		2	6
Graham Technologies	Upper Marlboro, Maryland		2007	<25		Unknown		2	1
Green Hills Software	Santa Barbara, California		1982	101-500		Unknown		1	1
GRSi	Frederick, Maryland		2000	101-500		Under $100 million		5	4
GTI Federal	Frederick, Maryland		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
GTRas	Chantilly, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		4	1
GTSI Corp.	Herndon, Virginia		1983	501-2,000		$750 million to $1 billion		2	2
Guidance Software	Pasadena, California		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Halcyon Solutions Inc.	Dublin, Ohio		1992	26-100		Unknown		2	1
Harris Corporation	Melbourne, Florida		1987	10,000+		$1 billion to $10 billion		29	17
Hatha Systems	Washington, District of Columbia		2006	<25		Unknown		1	1
Heritage Global Solutions	Glendale, California		2003	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
HETRA Secure Solutions	Palm Bay, Florida		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Hewlett Packard	Palo Alto, California		1939	10,000+		Above $50 billion		25	18
High Performance Technologies, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1991	101-500		Under $100 million		3	3
Hitachi, Ltd.	Santa Clara, California		1989	10,000+		Above $50 billion		1	1
Hittite Microwave Corporation	Chelmsford, Massachusetts		1985	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		1	1
Honeywell, Inc.	Morristown, New Jersey		1885	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		7	9
Horizon Technology Partners	Palatine, Illinois		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
HTA Technology Security Consulting	Chicago, Illinois		2001	26-100		Unknown		7	2
HT Innovations	Chesterfield, Virginia		2002	<25		Under $100 million		2	3
Hughes Communications, Inc.	Germantown, Maryland		2005	2,001-5,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		1	1
Ian Evin Alexanders	Oxon Hill, Maryland		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	4
IBM	Armonk, New York		1924	10,000+		Above $50 billion		17	9
IceWEB	Sterling, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
ICF Jacob and Sundstrom	Baltimore, Maryland		1981	26-100		Unknown		2	4
ICS Nett Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		3	3
iDirect Technologies, a VT Systems company	Herndon, Virginia		1994	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		2	4
iGov	McLean, Virginia		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
IMC	Sterling, Virginia		1989	26-100		Unknown		2	6
immixGroup	McLean, Virginia		1997	101-500		$750 million to $1 billion		2	4
Impact Technologies	Rochester, New York		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Imperva	Redwood City, California		2002	26-100		Unknown		1	1
IMRG, Inc.	Lanham, Maryland		1997	Unknown		Under $100 million		2	1
IMRI	Laguna Hills, California		1992	26-100		Unknown		3	6
I.M. Systems Group, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1986	101-500		Unknown		2	5
IMTAS	Chantilly, Virginia		1994	26-100		Unknown		3	1
IndegoCTC, Inc.	Chantilly, Virginia		1995	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Indotronix International Corp.	Poughkeepsie, New York		1986	501-2,000		Under $100 million		1	1
IndraSoft, Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		2002	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
INDUS Corporation	Vienna, Virginia		1991	501-2,000		Unknown		9	9
INDUS Technology	San Diego, California		1991	101-500		Under $100 million		2	4
Industrial Medium	McLean, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		3	5
iNEK Techologies	Overland Park, Kansas		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
InferX Corporation	Sterling, Virginia		1992	<25		Unknown		1	1
Infinite Group, Inc.	Pittsford, New York		1986	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Infinity Systems Engineering	Colorado Springs, Colorado		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Infobionics	Eden Prairie, Minnesota		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
InfoPro, Incorporated	McLean, Virginia		1989	101-500		Unknown		2	5
Informatica	Redwood City, California		1993	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	5
Information Innovators, Inc.	Springfield, Virginia		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
Information Management Group, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1987	26-100		Under $100 million		20	7
Information Manufacturing LLC	Fairfax, Virginia		1999	<25		Unknown		1	2
Information Systems Security Solutions, Inc.	Sterling, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Information Systems Solutions, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		5	7
Information Technology Company LLC	Falls Church, Virginia		1978	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
Information Technology Management Inc.	Springfield, Virginia		1996	<25		Unknown		1	1
Infostructures	Rockville, Maryland		1988	26-100		Unknown		1	2
Initiate Systems	Chicago, Illinois		1994	26-100		Unknown		1	2
Innoface Systems	Crofton, Maryland		2005	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Innovative Information Solutions	Leesburg, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		7	3
Innovative Management and Technology Services	Fairmont, West Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	9
InovaTech Government Solutions	Fayetteville, North Carolina		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Inscope Solutions	Reston, Virginia		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		7	10
Instrumental Inc.	Minneapolis, Minnesota		1991	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Insys, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1994	<25		Unknown		1	2
Intact Technology, Inc.	Washington, District of Columbia		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
INTECON	Centennial, Colorado		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		3	5
Integral Systems	Columbia, Maryland		1982	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		1	1
Integrated Communication Solutions, Inc.	Frederick, Maryland		1989	101-500		Under $100 million		3	15
Integrated Security Technologies	Herndon, Virginia		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Integrits	San Diego, California		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
IntelliDyne LLC	Falls Church, Virginia		1999	101-500		Unknown		1	3
Intelligence Consulting Enterprise Solutions	Leesburg, Virginia		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Intelligent Decisions, Inc.	Ashburn, Virginia		1988	101-500		Unknown		6	5
Intelligent Solutions, Inc.	Boulder, Colorado		1992	Unknown		Unknown		7	2
Intelligent Technologies, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		2002	<25		Under $100 million		2	1
Intelligent Waves LLC	Herndon, Virginia		2006	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Intelligenxia	Jacksonville, Florida		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Intellitactics	Reston, Virginia		2003	26-100		Unknown		1	3
Intelliware Systems	Fredericksburg, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
Intercom Consulting and Federal Systems, Inc.	Leesburg, Virginia		1990	26-100		Unknown		1	1
InterImage, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Intervise Consultants	Rockville, Maryland		1991	101-500		Under $100 million		2	4
Invizeon	Missoula, Montana		1996	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Inxight Software	Sunnyvale, California		2003	<25		Unknown		1	1
INX Inc.	Houston, Texas		1984	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		1	4
IOMAX Information Services LLC	Springfield, Virginia		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
IonIdea	Fairfax, Virginia		1991	26-100		Unknown		1	1
IP Network Solutions Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		3	1
Ironclad Technology Group	Virginia Beach, Virginia		2008	<25		Under $100 million		2	1
ISC	Oak Park, Illinois		1989	<25		Unknown		1	4
iSoftech	Chantilly, Virginia		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
ISPA, Inc.	Atlanta, Georgia		1983	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
ISYS Technologies	Littleton, Colorado		1990	101-500		Under $100 million		21	7
IT Catalyst Group	Rockville, Maryland		2008	<25		Unknown		2	1
IT-CNP, Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
ITEQ	Silver Spring, Maryland		1991	Unknown		Under $100 million		1	1
ITI Solutions	San Antonio, Texas		2002	<25		Unknown		1	2
ITSolutions, LLC	Silver Spring, Maryland		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		2	1
IT Solutions Partners LLC	Suffolk, Virginia		1989	<25		Unknown		1	1
ITT Corporation	McLean, Virginia		1995	501-2,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		52	17
IT Tech Inc.	Fremont, California		Unknown	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
IxReveal, Inc.	Jacksonville, Florida		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
IZ Technologies	Ashburn, Virginia		2006	<25		Under $100 million		5	3
JAB Innovative Solutions	Bristow, Virginia		2007	<25		Unknown		1	1
Jade Falcon IT	Glendale, Arizona		2007	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Janus Associates	Stamford, Connecticut		1988	Unknown		Under $100 million		1	1
JBI Technologies	Annapolis, Maryland		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Jive Software	Portland, Oregon		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
JTSI, Inc.	Kailua, Hawaii		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
Juniper Networks	Sunnyvale, California		1996	5,000-10,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		2	1
Jupiter Systems	Hayward, California		1981	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
K2 Share LLC	COLLEGE STATION, Texas		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
K4 Solutions	Falls Church, Virginia		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Kadix Systems	Arlington, Virginia		2001	101-500		Under $100 million		4	12
Keane Federal Systems, Inc.	McLean, Virginia		1965	10,000+		Unknown		7	11
Kestrel Enterprises, Inc.	Springfield, Virginia		2001	<25		Unknown		2	1
Key Logic Systems, Inc.	Morgantown, West Virginia		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		5	4
Key Solutions, Inc.	Upper Marlboro, Maryland		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Keystone Computer Associates, Inc.	Fort Washington, Pennsylvania		1965	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Kiowa Technology	McLean, Virginia		2008	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Kitware, Inc.	Clifton Park, New York		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
K-Mar Industries	Biloxi, Mississippi		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
KMM Technologies, Inc	Reston, Virginia		2003	<25		Unknown		3	1
Knight Point Systems	Dulles, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Knowledge Based Systems, Inc.	College Station, Texas		1988	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Kodak	Rochester, New York		1888	10,000+		$1 billion to $10 billion		1	4
Koniag Services Inc.	Chantilly, Virginia		1994	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Kortex Software	Alexandria, Virginia		2003	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Kratos Defense and Security Solutions	San Diego, California		1995	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		30	10
L-3 Communications	New York, New York		1997	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		96	29
Language Computer Corporation	Richardson, Texas		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Layer 7 Technologies	Washington, District of Columbia		1995	<25		Unknown		1	7
Leader Communications, Inc.	Oklahoma City, Oklahoma		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		1	7
Leading Edge Systems	Colorado Springs, Colorado		2002	<25		Unknown		1	3
Lighthouse Computer Services	Lincoln, Rhode Island		1995	101-500		Under $100 million		2	1
Link Solutions, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		2006	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
LinQuest Corporation	Los Angeles, California		2003	101-500		Unknown		4	2
LMN Solutions	Reston, Virginia		2005	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
LogiCore	Huntsville, Alabama		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
LOGIXtech Solutions	Edison, New Jersey		2001	26-100		Unknown		2	1
Log.sec Corporation	Falls Church, Virginia		2000	101-500		Unknown		3	1
Long Wave, Inc.	Fort Worth, Texas		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Lucent Global Solutions, an Alcatel-Lucent Company	Herndon, Virginia		2007	101-500		Unknown		3	4
Lumark Technologies, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1999	<25		Unknown		1	2
Lumen Research LLC	Licking, Missouri		2007	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Lunarline	Arlington, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		1	9
Macfadden Systems Integration Group	Silver Spring, Maryland		1986	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Macro Solutions, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Maden Technologies Consulting, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1985	26-100		Under $100 million		4	6
Management Analysis, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1976	26-100		Unknown		1	10
Management Technology, Inc.	Oxon Hill, Maryland		1985	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Mandex, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Mark Logic	San Carlos, California		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		4	2
MartinFederal Consulting	Dadeville, Alabama		2006	<25		Unknown		1	2
Master Solutions LLC	Colorado Springs, Colorado		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
MBR Computer Consultants, Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		2000	26-100		Unknown		1	2
MCP Computer Corporation	San Marcos, California		1998	<25		Unknown		1	7
MCS	Tampa, Florida		1988	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
MDA			1969	2,001-5,000		$750 million to $1 billion		2	3
mediaEdge, a Division of Exceptional Software	Linthicum Heights, Maryland		1996	101-500		Unknown		1	10
Mercury Computer Systems	Chelmsford, Massachusetts		1981	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		3	2
MeriTec Services, Inc.	San Antonio, Texas		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Merlin International	Englewood, Colorado		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
Metron, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1984	Unknown		Unknown		4	1
MicroLink, LLC	Vienna, Virginia		1998	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
MicroSat Systems, Inc.	Littleton, Colorado		2001	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Microsoft Corporation	Redmond, Washington		1975	10,000+		Above $50 billion		9	2
MicroSys	Manassas, Virginia		2002	<25		Under $100 million		4	6
MicroTech, LLC	Vienna, Virginia		2004	101-500		Under $100 million		3	1
Miklos Systems, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Millennium Engineering and Integration Corporation	Arlington, Virginia		1995	101-500		Unknown		3	6
Missing Link Security	Springfield, Virginia		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Mission Solutions	Colorado Springs, Colorado		2005	<25		Under $100 million		1	4
Mnemonics Inc.	Melbourne, Florida		1976	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Modis, Inc., an Adecco company	Jacksonville, Florida		1986	5,000-10,000		Unknown		14	4
MOJA, Incorporated	Manassas, Virginia		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		5	12
Mosaic Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		2001	<25		Under $100 million		3	6
Motorola, Inc.	Schaumburg, Illinois		1928	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		2	2
NAID	Upper Marlboro, Maryland		1983	26-100		Under $100 million		1	6
Narus, Inc.	Sunnyvale, California		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Nathan Kunes Inc.	Coronado, California		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
Nationwide IT Services	Alexandria, Virginia		2006	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Navstar, Inc.	Falls Church, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		12	8
NBS Enterprises	Leesburg, Virginia		2003	<25		Under $100 million		7	1
NC4	El Segundo, California		2005	101-500		Unknown		1	1
NCI Information Systems, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1989	2,001-5,000		$100 million to $750 million		25	9
NCS Technologies, Inc.	Piscataway, New Jersey		1984	101-500		Under $100 million		2	1
Net2Net Solutions, Inc.	Great Falls, Virginia		2001	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
NetApp Inc.	Sunnyvale, California		1992	5,000-10,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	1
Netcentrics Corp.	Vienna, Virginia		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Netconn Solutions	Hagerstown, Maryland		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		5	3
NetScout Systems	Westford, Massachusetts		1984	501-2,000		Under $100 million		2	6
NetStar-1	Rockville, Maryland		2002	501-2,000		Under $100 million		2	5
NetStar Systems Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		1998	26-100		Unknown		1	5
NetWitness	Herndon, Virginia		2006	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Network Integrity Systems Inc.	Marriottsville, Maryland		2002	<25		Unknown		1	1
Network Security Systems Plus, Inc.	Falls Church, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	4
Newberry Group, The	Saint Charles, Missouri		1996	101-500		Under $100 million		3	5
Newgen Technologies, Inc.	Clarksville, Maryland		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
New River Systems	Ashburn, Virginia		2007	<25		Unknown		3	2
NexOne Company	Bountiful, Utah		2000	101-500		Under $100 million		3	6
Nicor Global	Washington, District of Columbia		2007	<25		Unknown		1	6
NIS Solutions	Sterling, Virginia		1997	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
NJVC, LLC	Vienna, Virginia		2000	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		13	6
NMR Consulting	Annapolis, Maryland		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	6
Northstrat	Purcellville, Virginia		2006	<25		Under $100 million		2	1
Nova Corp.	Window Rock, Arizona		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
NovaDatacom	Chantilly, Virginia		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Nova Management, Inc.	Monterey, California		1992	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Novell	Waltham, Massachusetts		1983	2,001-5,000		$750 million to $1 billion		2	1
Novii Design	Columbia, Maryland		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Novodynamics	Ann Arbor, Michigan		2001	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
NSR Solutions, Inc.	ROCKVILLE, Maryland		1990	<25		Unknown		1	2
Nytor Technologies	Chantilly, Virginia		2004	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Oak Grove Technologies	Raleigh, North Carolina		1998	101-500		Under $100 million		3	13
Object Data Inc.	Manalapan, New Jersey		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
ObjectFX	Minneapolis, Minnesota		1993	26-100		Unknown		1	1
ObjectWin	Houston, Texas		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Odyssey Systems Consulting Group, Ltd.	Wakefield, Massachusetts		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		4	3
OG Systems	Herndon, Virginia		1997	Unknown		Under $100 million		5	4
Ohm Systems, Inc.	Horsham, Pennsylvania		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Omega Systems	Phoenix, Arizona		1998	<25		Under $100 million		3	4
Omega Technologies, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		1	8
OMNITEC Solutions, Inc.	Bethesda, Maryland		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		3	3
Omniture Visual Sciences, an Adobe Company	Orem, Utah		1996	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		1	1
OnPoint LLC	Arlington, Virginia		1995	101-500		Under $100 million		1	5
Opal Soft, Inc.	Sunnyvale, California		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
OPNET Technologies, Inc.	Bethesda, Maryland		1986	501-2,000		Under $100 million		6	2
Optimal Enterprise Solutions	Manassas, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Optimos Incorporated	Chantilly, Virginia		1993	101-500		Unknown		1	4
Oracle USA	Redwood City, California		1977	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		6	16
Orizon, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Outline Systems	Somerset, New Jersey		1997	<25		Under $100 million		5	1
P3I, Inc.	Hopkinton, Massachusetts		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Pailen-Johnson Associates, Inc.	Frederick, Maryland		1979	<25		Unknown		1	1
Palantir Technologies	Palo Alto, California		2004	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Palomar Products Inc.	Rancho Santa Margar, California		1997	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Paradigm Solutions	Dallas, Texas		1995	<25		Under $100 million		7	7
Paragon Dynamics, Inc.	Aurora, Colorado		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Paragon Systems	Herndon, Virginia		2003	<25		Under $100 million		2	3
PAR Government Solutions	Rome, New York		1986	<25		Unknown		2	1
Patriot LLC	Columbia, Maryland		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Patriot Technologies	Frederick, Maryland		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Peak Computer Solutions	Virginia Beach, Virginia		1995	Unknown		Under $100 million		5	4
Peerless Technologies	Fairborn, Ohio		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Perceptronics	Sherman Oaks, California		2002	<25		Unknown		1	1
Permuta Technologies	Alexandria, Virginia		2000	<25		Unknown		1	1
PE Systems	Fairfax, Virginia		1995	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Pilar Services, Inc.	Laurel, Maryland		2003	<25		Under $100 million		1	5
piXlogic	Los Altos, California		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Planet Works	Pasadena, Maryland		1996	<25		Unknown		1	1
Platinum Solutions, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		6	5
PLEXSYS Interface Products, Inc.	Camas, Washington		1986	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Plexus Com/Group	Baltimore, Maryland		1995	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Point One	Arlington, Virginia		1998	<25		Unknown		1	1
Polycom Inc.	Boulder, Colorado		1998	Unknown		Under $100 million		1	1
Portal Dynamics	Alexandria, Virginia		2000	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Pragmatics	McLean, Virginia		1980	501-2,000		Under $100 million		5	5
Precise Systems, Inc.	Lexington Park, Maryland		1989	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Premier Analysis	Springfield, Virginia		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Premier Management Corporation	Columbia, Maryland		2004	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Premier Technical Services	Luray, Virginia		1989	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Prime Solutions	Sykesville, Maryland		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Professional Solutions	Alexandria, Virginia		2002	101-500		Under $100 million		4	11
Progeny Systems Corporation	Manassas, Virginia		1995	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		1	2
Progressive Network Solutions	Reston, Virginia		1999	<25		Unknown		1	1
ProObject	Hanover, Maryland		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
ProSoft Services	Virginia Beach, Virginia		1984	101-500		Under $100 million		3	4
ProTegus	Ashburn, Virginia		2001	<25		Unknown		1	4
PRO-telligent, LLC	Arlington, Virginia		2000	501-2,000		Under $100 million		2	4
PSI Pax	Calif., Maryland		2006	101-500		Under $100 million		2	2
Purdy Group LLC	Malone, New York		2007	<25		Unknown		1	1
QA Technologies	Omaha, Nebraska		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		5	2
QSSI	Gaithersburg, Maryland		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Quadrint	Saint Louis, Missouri		2000	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
Qualcomm Incorporated	San Diego, California		1985	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		2	1
Quality Technology, Inc.	Largo, Maryland		1989	101-500		Unknown		1	1
Quantrum LLC	Dayton, Ohio		1998	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Quantum	San Jose, California		1980	501-2,000		$750 million to $1 billion		3	1
Quantum Research International	Huntsville, Alabama		1987	101-500		Unknown		2	4
Quest Software	Aliso Viejo, California		1987	2,001-5,000		$100 million to $750 million		3	1
Quintron Systems, Inc.	Santa Maria, California		1970	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Qwaltec	Tempe, Arizona		2001	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Qwest Communications International Inc.	Denver, Colorado		1997	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		2	1
Radian Inc.			1986	Unknown		Under $100 million		1	1
Raytheon BBN, a Raytheon company	Cambridge, Massachusetts		2004	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		5	5
RDR, Inc.	Centreville, Virginia		1986	101-500		Unknown		3	8
Realm Consulting, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
RedBlack Communications	Hollywood, Maryland		2007	<25		Unknown		1	3
Red Buffalo, Inc.	Sarasota, Florida		2005	<25		Unknown		2	1
Red Hat, Inc.	Raleigh, North Carolina		1993	2,001-5,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	1
Redhorse Corporation	San Diego, California		2007	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Red Rapids, Inc.	Richardson, Texas		1996	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
redShoe Technologies, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		2008	<25		Unknown		1	1
Referentia Systems	Honolulu, Hawaii		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Riverbed Technology	San Francisco, California		2002	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	1
RiverGlass	Champaign, Illinois		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
RNB Technologies	Arlington, Virginia		1999	Unknown		Unknown		2	1
Ross Group Inc.	Dayton, Ohio		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
RTGX	Columbia, Maryland		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		16	7
S4, Inc.	Burlington, Massachusetts		1996	101-500		Unknown		10	12
Safe Harbor Systems	Vienna, Virginia		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
Saffron Technology	Cary, North Carolina		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
Sage IT, Inc.	Frisco, Texas		2003	26-100		Unknown		1	1
SAI	Gaithersburg, Maryland		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
sapient	Boston, Massachusetts		1991	Unknown		Unknown		2	1
SAS Institute	Cary, North Carolina		1976	5,000-10,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		2	1
Savvis	Herndon, Virginia		1995	501-2,000		$750 million to $1 billion		1	1
SCCI	Frederick, Maryland		2002	101-500		Unknown		1	2
SciComm	Bethesda, Maryland		1989	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
SDV Solutions, Inc.	Williamsburg, Virginia		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Seamless Technologies	Morristown, New Jersey		1985	<25		Unknown		1	1
Secure Computing and Communications, Inc.	Great Falls, Virginia		1993	<25		Unknown		1	5
SecureInfo Corporation	San Antonio, Texas		1992	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Secure IT Solutions	McLean, Virginia		2004	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Securicon LLC	Alexandria, Virginia		2002	<25		Under $100 million		3	3
Segue Technologies Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1997	<25		Under $100 million		4	4
Seidcon	Bethesda, Maryland		1983	Unknown		Unknown		1	4
Select Innovation LLC	Yorktown, Virginia		2003	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Senet Technology	Burnsville, Minnesota		2007	<25		Unknown		1	1
Sensor Technologies, Inc.	Red Bank, New Jersey		1991	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		3	3
SGI	Fremont, California		2002	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		3	1
SGS Technologies	Jacksonville, Florida		2003	26-100		Unknown		2	1
Shim Enterprise, Inc.	West Chester, Ohio		1984	26-100		Under $100 million		6	5
SilkSpeed, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		2000	<25		Unknown		1	1
Simulyze	Reston, Virginia		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
SimVentions	Fredericksburg, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
SI Tec Consulting	CAMBRIDGE, Maryland		2002	<25		Unknown		3	1
Sky Computers, Inc.	Chelmsford, Massachusetts		1980	<25		Unknown		1	1
SmartNet, Inc.	Frederick, Maryland		1998	<25		Unknown		1	4
Smartronix, Inc.	Hollywood, Maryland		1995	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		5	2
SMS Data Products Group, Inc.	Mclean, Virginia		1976	101-500		Under $100 million		1	4
Snell Enterprises, Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		1990	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
SNVC	Fairfax, Virginia		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
SOCRATIQ	McLean, Virginia		2005	<25		Unknown		1	4
Soft Concept, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1999	26-100		Unknown		1	6
Soft Tech Consulting	Fairfax, Virginia		1996	<25		Unknown		1	2
Software Engineering Institute	Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania		1984	Unknown		Under $100 million		4	5
Software Engineering Services	Bellevue, Nebraska		1991	26-100		Under $100 million		3	4
Solers, Inc.	Arlington, Virginia		1998	101-500		Under $100 million		2	1
Solutions Made Simple, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Solvern Innovations, a TeleCommunication Systems company	Baltimore, Maryland		2003	101-500		Under $100 million		3	7
Spectrum Communications Inc.	Hampton, Virginia		1999	101-500		Unknown		10	5
Spectrum Systems, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1986	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
Sphere of Influence	McLean, Virginia		2001	<25		Under $100 million		4	1
SP Systems, Inc.	Greenbelt, Maryland		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
SSA Inc.	Alexandria, Virginia		1981	26-100		Under $100 million		2	5
SSB Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		1	6
Stanley	Arlington, Virginia		1968	2,001-5,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		26	12
Sterling Computers, Inc.	Norfolk, Nebraska		1996	26-100		$100 million to $750 million		7	3
STG, Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1986	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		5	8
StillSecure	Superior, Colorado		2000	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Storage Strategies	Springfield, Virginia		2007	<25		Unknown		3	4
Stratech Systems, Inc.	McLean, Virginia		1989	Unknown		Unknown		1	1
Strategic Business Solutions Inc.	Reston, Virginia		1994	26-100		Under $100 million		6	1
Strategic Business Systems	Herndon, Virginia		2000	26-100		Unknown		2	3
Strategic Directions LLC	Alexandria, Virginia		1996	<25		Unknown		1	2
Strategic e-Business Solutions, Inc.	Bethesda, Maryland		1999	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
StrategyLincs	Waldorf, Maryland		2007	<25		Unknown		1	1
StreamBase	Lexington, Massachusetts		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Suh’dutsing Technologies, LLC	Cedar City, Utah		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		2	10
Sumaria Systems	Arlington, Virginia		1982	Unknown		Unknown		2	1
Summit Solutions LLC	Hanover, Maryland		2002	<25		Unknown		3	2
Summit Technologies	West Hartford, Connecticut		1997	101-500		Unknown		11	6
Sun Microsystems	McLean, Virginia		1984	101-500		Unknown		1	8
Superlative Technologies	Ashburn, Virginia		1996	101-500		Under $100 million		4	7
SupremeSoft	Vienna, Virginia		1995	101-500		Under $100 million		3	1
Surya Systems, Inc.	Bristol, Pennsylvania		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Suss Consulting	Jenkintown, Pennsylvania		1982	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Sybase, Inc.	Bethesda, Maryland		1991	Unknown		Under $100 million		1	4
Symantec	Cupertino, California		1982	10,000+		$1 billion to $10 billion		8	1
Syntek Systems Corporation	Gaithersburg, Maryland		1985	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
Synteras LLC	Herndon, Virginia		1999	501-2,000		Under $100 million		2	15
Sysorex Federal, Inc.	Mountain View, California		1971	<25		Unknown		1	1
System of Systems Analytics, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1998	26-100		Under $100 million		1	5
Systems Documentation Inc.	South Plainfield, New Jersey		1978	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Systems Engineering, Inc.	Dulles, Virginia		1987	<25		Under $100 million		2	5
Systems Made Simple	Syracuse, New York		1990	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Systems Plus, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1991	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Systems Technology Forum, Ltd.	Fredericksburg, Virginia		2003	101-500		Under $100 million		3	3
Syzygy Technologies, Inc.	San Diego, California		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Tanager	Annapolis Junction, Maryland		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		5	2
Tandel Systems	Clearwater, Florida		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		4	1
Tapestry Solutions	San Diego, California		1993	101-500		Unknown		1	1
Tcoombs & Associates	Springfield, Virginia		1998	501-2,000		Under $100 million		2	1
TeAM LLC	San Antonio, Texas		2002	<25		Unknown		1	4
TechGuard Security	Chesterfield, Missouri		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
Technatomy Corporation	Fairfax, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Technical and Management Resources	Arlington, Virginia		1979	26-100		Under $100 million		4	7
Technical and Project Engineering	McLean, Virginia		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Technical Software Services, Inc.	Pensacola, Florida		1990	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Techni-Core	Huntsville, Alabama		1978	<25		Under $100 million		3	3
Technology Advancement Group, Inc.	Dulles, Virginia		1984	101-500		Under $100 million		3	3
Technology Associates International Corporation	Carlsbad, California		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		4	8
Technology Consulting Inc.	Louisville, Kentucky		1988	26-100		Unknown		4	2
Technology Development Group, Inc.	Shawnee, Oklahoma		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		3	4
Technology Resource Support	Huntsville, Alabama		2000	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
Technology Science Corporation	Sterling, Virginia		1997	<25		Unknown		2	1
TechOp Solutions International	Stafford, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		4	4
TechRadium	Sugar Land, Texas		2000	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
TechTeam Government Solutions, a TechTeam Company	Chantilly, Virginia		2003	101-500		Unknown		3	5
Tektron Micro Electronics, Inc.	Pennsauken, New Jersey		1968	<25		$100 million to $750 million		2	5
Telcordia Technologies	Piscataway, New Jersey		1983	2,001-5,000		Unknown		3	1
TeleCommunication Systems	ANNAPOLIS, Maryland		1987	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		2	2
Telos Corporation	Ashburn, Virginia		1993	101-500		Under $100 million		5	4
Tenable Network Security	Columbia, Maryland		2002	26-100		Under $100 million		1	1
Tenacity Solutions Incorporated	Reston, Virginia		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Terremark Worldwide, Inc.	Miami, Florida		1982	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		3	3
TestPros	Reston, Virginia		1988	26-100		Under $100 million		6	3
TEXCOM Inc.	Portsmouth, Virginia		1982	26-100		Under $100 million		2	2
Thales USA	Arlington, Virginia		1976	2,001-5,000		$1 billion to $10 billion		2	1
Thetus	Portland, Oregon		2003	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Thomas & Herbert Consulting	Arlington, Virginia		1996	26-100		Under $100 million		2	3
ThruPoint	N.Y., New York		1993	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
Ticom, Inc.	Austin, Texas		1982	26-100		Unknown		1	1
TISTA Science and Technology Corporation	Bethesda, Maryland		2005	<25		Under $100 million		1	5
Tomorrow’s Solutions Today	Rockville, Maryland		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		2	4
Total Systems Technology Corporation	Tannersville, Virginia		2002	<25		Unknown		1	4
Transquest Federal Systems, Inc.	Westlake Village, California		1993	26-100		Under $100 million		15	9
TranTech, Inc.	Alexandria, Virginia		1989	101-500		Under $100 million		2	4
Trawick and Associates	McLean, Virginia		1985	Unknown		Under $100 million		1	2
T-Rex Corporation	Reston, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Tribalco	Bethesda, Maryland		2004	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Trident Systems, Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1985	101-500		Under $100 million		2	5
Trilogy Technical Services	Rockville, Maryland		2004	<25		Under $100 million		5	2
Trinity Information Technology, LLC	Southampton, Pennsylvania		2005	<25		Unknown		2	1
Tri Star Engineering	Bedford, Indiana		1995	<25		Unknown		3	1
Triton Services Inc.	Bowie, Maryland		1990	101-500		Unknown		1	5
Trofholz Technologies	Rocklin, California		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		5	2
TRS Consulting	Reston, Virginia		2001	26-100		Unknown		2	1
Truestone	Herndon, Virginia		2003	501-2,000		Under $100 million		10	4
Trust Digital	McLean, Virginia		1991	101-500		Under $100 million		1	2
Trusted Computer Solutions	Herndon, Virginia		1994	101-500		Unknown		2	2
Trusted Mission Solutions	McLean, Virginia		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		1	4
Tsource, LLC	New Market, Maryland		2003	26-100		Under $100 million		8	5
TurningPoint Global Solutions	Rockville, Maryland		2002	101-500		Under $100 million		1	1
TVAR Solutions	McLean, Virginia		2006	<25		Under $100 million		5	3
TWD & Associates	Arlington, Virginia		1986	101-500		Unknown		4	1
Tybrin Corporation, a Jacobs Engineering company	Fort Walton Beach, Florida		1972	501-2,000		$100 million to $750 million		3	4
Tygart Technology Inc.	Fairmont, West Virginia		1991	<25		Under $100 million		3	6
Ultra Electronics ProLogic, Inc.	Fairmont, West Virginia		1995	101-500		Unknown		3	1
Ultra Electronics USSI	Columbia City, Indiana		1998	101-500		Unknown		2	1
Unisys	Blue Bell, Pennsylvania		1986	10,000+		$100 million to $750 million		10	8
Universal Hi-Tech Development, Inc.	Rockville, Maryland		1982	101-500		Under $100 million		1	3
Upper Mohawk, Inc.	Titusville, Florida		1994	Unknown		Under $100 million		3	5
US Information Technologies Corporation	Chantilly, Virginia		2006	<25		Unknown		1	1
USmax Corporation	Gambrills, Maryland		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		3	4
USM Business Systems	Chantilly, Virginia		1999	101-500		Under $100 million		3	1
VAE IT, Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		1998	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
Valador, Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		2001	26-100		Under $100 million		4	3
Van Dyke Technology Group	Columbia, Maryland		2002	26-100		Unknown		7	5
Vector Planning & Services, Inc.	San Diego, California		1997	101-500		Under $100 million		2	1
Ventura Technology	Waipahu, Hawaii		1998	<25		Under $100 million		2	2
Vericept	Denver, Colorado		1999	26-100		Unknown		1	1
Verint Systems, Inc.	Melville, New York		1994	2,001-5,000		$100 million to $750 million		1	2
Verizon	Ashburn, Virginia		1983	10,000+		Above $50 billion		18	12
Vets Inc.	Vienna, Virginia		2005	26-100		Under $100 million		2	7
ViaSat, Inc.	Carlsbad, California		1986	2,001-5,000		$100 million to $750 million		3	3
ViaTech Systems	McLean, Virginia		1984	101-500		Under $100 million		4	5
Video Dynamics, Inc.	Chantilly, Virginia		1982	<25		Under $100 million		1	1
Vightel Corporation	Ellicott City, Maryland		2003	<25		Unknown		1	4
Vigilant Services	Lorton, Virginia		1995	26-100		Under $100 million		1	2
ViON Corp.	Washington, District of Columbia		1980	26-100		$100 million to $750 million		1	1
Visionary Integration Professionals	Alexandria, Virginia		1996	Unknown		Under $100 million		9	1
Vision Systems & Technology, Inc. (VSTI)	Ellicott City, Maryland		1997	26-100		Under $100 million		3	11
Vistronix	Reston, Virginia		1990	101-500		Under $100 million		2	4
Visual Purple	San Luis Obispo, California		1998	<25		Under $100 million		1	5
Visual Soft, Inc.	Herndon, Virginia		1998	<25		Unknown		4	2
Vitech	Vienna, Virginia		1992	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
Vivisimo	Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania		2000	26-100		Unknown		2	1
Vortalsoft	Somerset, New Jersey		2000	26-100		Unknown		3	1
V-Tech Solutions	Silver Spring, Maryland		2000	Unknown		Under $100 million		2	4
Ward Solutions, Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		6	2
WareOnEarth Communications Inc.	North Charleston, South Carolina		2002	101-500		Unknown		6	6
Washington Technology Group	Silver Spring, Maryland		1999	26-100		Unknown		2	5
WCIL Technology, Inc.	Bowie, Maryland		2001	<25		Under $100 million		2	3
Wells Landers	McLean, Virginia		2006	26-100		Unknown		1	2
Western DataCom	Cleveland, Ohio		1990	<25		Unknown		1	3
Wheat International Communications Corporation	Springfield, Virginia		1989	26-100		Under $100 million		3	2
Wilson Technologies, Inc.	Washington, District of Columbia		1997	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
Wisetek Providers Inc.	Fairfax, Virginia		1997	<25		Under $100 million		1	3
World IT Solutions, LLC	Hyattsville, Maryland		2000	26-100		Unknown		10	1
Worldwide Information Network Systems	Seabrook, Maryland		2000	Unknown		Unknown		2	5
Xconnect	Purcellville, Virginia		2005	<25		Under $100 million		3	1
Xeriom Technology Services	Gilbert, Arizona		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		2	1
Xerox	Norwalk, Connecticut		1906	10,000+		$10 billion to $50 billion		2	1
X-Feds	San Diego, California		2004	26-100		Under $100 million		1	3
York Telecom	Eatontown, New Jersey		1985	101-500		Unknown		2	7
Zavda Technologies, LLC	Glenn Dale, Maryland		2006	<25		Unknown		6	4
Zenetex	Herndon, Virginia		1999	26-100		Under $100 million		2	4
Zeus Technology Systems, Inc.	Linthicum Heights, Maryland		1991	<25		Unknown		2	2
Ziva Corporation	San Diego, California		2002	<25		Under $100 million		1	2
ZolonTech Government Services	Washington, District of Columbia		1998	101-500		$100 million to $750 million		2	2
Zot Inc.	Columbia, Maryland		1998	<25		Under $100 million		1	1

WE ARE AT WAR FOR OUR CHILDREN’S MIND AND SOUL +

 http://www.newswithviews.com/iserbyt/iserbyt129.htm?mc_cid=acd6333b01&mc_eid=c498c6235d

By Charlotte Iserbyt
NewsWithViews.com

Mind Warfare

“What is absolutely essential is that the full facts be given to all our people, for mind warfare is total war.” —Edward Hunter, Brainwashing: The Men Who Defied It, 1953

“MIND WARFARE” includes the Skinnerian brainwashing called for by leading Neo-Conservative organizations, including the Heartland Institute.

This is a war to destroy our constitutional rights, including our right to vote, and the destruction of our children’s minds, souls and consciences. After 12 years of Neo-Conservative supported Skinnerian animal training computer instruction, your children will no longer have a conscience, nor will they be able to take an unpopular stand, for fear of being punished. They will act only to get a reward or praise.

Did hundreds of thousands of American servicemen and women give their lives in foreign wars to end up with our free constitutional republic being turned over to the globalist communists (the communist/ socialist/ corporate/ fascist/ libertarian Neo-Conservative wolves in sheep’s clothing) ? Without firing a shot? On a silver platter?

It is time to stop the 100% Neo-Conservative boycott of the truth regarding their communist agenda! Don’t forget that Wall Street funded the Bolshevik Revolution. Don’t forget the NeoConservative Heritage Foundation drafted the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) which has robbed Americans of hundreds of thousands of good jobs. Don’t forget Karl Marx, who drafted the Communist Manifesto, was a strong supporter of Free Trade! And, lastly, don’t forget that Mind Warfare, referred to by Edward Hunter (above) is what the neoconservative Heartland Institute recently recommended for use on our children in America’s “new” schools/training laboratories!

The National Alliance of Business, in its newsletter Work/America… The Business Force on Workforce Development, Vol. 15 Issue 5, May 1998 carried the following article entitled “Knowledge Supply Chain: Managing K-Age 80 Learning.” Repeat Kindergarten through Age 80?! Workforce Training. Yes, Grandpa… that means YOU! And YOU, too, Grandma! This is what is called “Limited Learning for Lifelong Labor.” Using the Skinnerian Operant Conditioning method called for by Heartland Institute.

The following quotations from Edward Hunter, the man who coined the term “brainwashing” and author of Brainwashing: The Men Who Defied It, speak to what we as Americans can still do to reverse the process. When Hunter speaks of brainwashing he is referring primarily to the Skinnerian/Pavloviananimal training method supported by the neoconservative movement:

“Surely there can no longer be a trace of doubt that brainwashing is sheer evil. The fight against it is the culminating issue of all time, in which every human being is protagonist. There can be neither escape nor neutrality where such responsibilities lie. There can be neither front nor rear, for the great lesson that came from the brainwashing chambers was that while every man has a cracking point, every man’s cracking point can be immensely strengthened. That is the job of home, school, and church. The mother, teacher, and pastor are in the front lines in this ideological conflict, and every word they say to their sons and daughters is important to the struggle, for character more than anything else will determine the outcome.

“Truth is the most important serum and integrity the most devastating weapon that can be used against the totalitarian concept…. Nothing should be allowed to interfere with the task of getting those facts across to the people who need and can use them.”(Read the entire Hunter quotation on page 450 of my book)

Read on below for a perfect example of what Hunter is talking about, how the brainwashing is being carried out in the United States. In this case, it is a “choice” advertising campaign. This is a huge media blitz calling for tax-funded school choice (federally-controlled private education run by unelected boards). Hunter refers to this as “mind warfare is total war.” The “controlled” media is in a special position to conduct “mind warfare.” For example, see the following Philly School Choice media campaign to promote “choice” to the public.

“It was announced today that Choice Media has launched PhillySchoolChoice.com, a major media campaign involving a website, Facebook page, television commercials, YouTube videos, Twitter & Facebook ads, traditional newspaper ads and earned media coverage. The campaign will include eight separate 30-second television commercials that will air on the early and late evening news programs of all four broadcast local news stations (ABC, CBS, FOX and NBC affiliates), for five days/week, four weeks in a row. Two new television ads will be released each week during the four-week run. The commercials feature only Philadelphia parents talking about their experiences — no politicians or union officials will appear.

“Below you will find the first two spots produced by Choice Media. They feature Philadelphia area parents sharing stories about the positive impact that school choice has had on their lives and the lives of their children. These personal accounts are illuminating and heart warming. They manage to capture in thirty seconds exactly what is at stake in the great debate over expanding choice; ensuring every child in America has access to a top-notch education.” (Source)

See the following webpages for more information about this “choice” campaign and the “Philly School Choice” media campaign:

1- There is a Growing List of PARENTS, STUDENTS & Other Concerned Philadelphians Who Support School Choice
2- Fabulous New School Choice Ads to Air in Philadelphia
3- A new front against sexual violence – Civics education gets a push – Student poets hit the Library of Congress – Dissent in union ranks
4- Philly School Choice
5- Fabulous New School Choice Ads to Air in Philadelphia

Recently the Skinnerian/Pavlovian Cat jumped out of the 34-year denial bag. As was mentioned earlier on the blog, the book Rewards has just been published. Subtitled “How to use [SKINNERIAN/PAVLOVIAN, ed.] rewards to help children learn – and why teachers don’t use them well.” Paperback – October 1, 2014. The President of the Heartland Institute, Joseph Bast, who has written a book Rewards, with long-time educator Herbert Walberg, calling for the Skinnerian/Pavlovian method to train our children, like pigeons, dogs, etc., for the workforce rather than to teach them academics. See the blog post article one and article two.

The deliberate dumbing down has now become the excuse for complete social change, including the privatization of education (the handing over to the unelected multinational corporations the responsibility for education—actually training—of future citizens). Such a transfer of responsibility will be facilitated by the creation of charter/magnet schools and passage of legislation providing tuition tax credits/vouchers. The workforce development system will, of course, be international, as is indicated by many quotes in this book. Parents who may be enthusiastic about the various choice proposals may change their minds regarding “choice” when their child becomes part of the corporate fascist quota system, being tracked into a career chosen for him/her by unelected corporate managers who set labor force requirements. Such quotas will be a part of the global planned economy. Parents will have no say regarding their child’s placement since there will no longer be an elected body, such as a school board, to whom they can complain.

Only a dumbed-down, brainwashed, conditioned citizenry could willingly accept what is being offered Americans under the guise of “remaining competitive in an increasingly global economy,” and relinquishing our sovereignty in the name of “global understanding and peace.” (excerpted from page 450-51 of my book)

Good Americans are being lied to. What is going in now, supported by the highly-funded Neo-Conservative Trotskyites, and its controlled media, is described in my book the deliberatedumbing down of america, a free download, or available at amazon.com. Get informed! It isn’t too late!

For the original version of this article, complete with graphic images, see my blog and read the blogpost.

Charlotte T. Iserbyt – All Rights Reserved

Charlotte Iserbyt is the consummate whistleblower! Iserbyt served as Senior Policy Advisor in the Office of Educational Research and Improvement (OERI), U.S. Department of Education, during the first Reagan Administration, where she first blew the whistle on a major technology initiative which would control curriculum in America’s classrooms. Iserbyt is a former school board director in Camden, Maine and was co-founder and research analyst of Guardians of Education for Maine (GEM) from 1978 to 2000. She has also served in the American Red Cross on Guam and Japan during the Korean War, and in the United States Foreign Service in Belgium and in the Republic of South Africa.

Iserbyt is a speaker and writer, best known for her 1985 booklet Back to Basics Reform or OBE: Skinnerian International Curriculum and her 1989 pamphlet Soviets in the Classroom: America’s Latest Education Fad which  covered the details of the U.S.-Soviet and Carnegie-Soviet Education Agreements which remain in effect to this day. She is a freelance writer and has had articles published in Human Events, The Washington Times, The Bangor Daily News, and included in the record of Congressional hearings.

Website: www.deliberatedumbingdown.com
Website: www.americandeception.com

E-Mail: dumbdown00@yahoo.com

What is Socialism and how did we get here?

Part 1 of 3

Too many Americans do not recognize socialism, even when it is in their backyard; others think it is a good idea.

Together, with a thoroughly dishonest media, these groups are annihilating the finest chance for hope and prosperity in recorded history.

Sustainable Freedom Lab’s groundbreaking online event, “Socialism in America” 

• Shatters the myth that socialism beings social justice and equality in a way that strikes even the most ill-informed,
• Exposes the false altruism our government uses to steal our freedoms.
• Teaches innovative techniques proven to stop socialism’s spread, and
• Provides action items you can use after the program series is completed.

Too many Americans have surrendered their bodies (Obamacare), their children (Common Core), and their property (Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing), yet still brag about being free.

All it took to strip away our freedoms was for uninformed Americans to accept the fiction that the State could better manage our healthcare, our children and our communities.

“Socialism in America” exposes that fiction using personal experiences that people can feel and understand. 

Every day, Americans are less free:

•  HUD forces African Americans into communities where they do not want to live.
•  The State commandeers corporations against their will, then sets caps on the owners’ salaries.
• “Undesirable” businesses are choked off from life-sustaining funds, and
• States are threatened with withholding of education money if parents exercise their right to pull their own children from damaging standardized testing.

Like human ‘sheep’ being sheared of their dignity, too many Americans willingly excavate the path to their own end.

The Internet, the once unconquerable information highway, now stands one executive order from State censorship because, under Net Neutrality, Americans bought into a non-existent communications barrier manufactured by the same government that wanted control.

It is time to stop the madness. For three consecutive Sunday evenings, SFL has assembled the most prominent pool of experts on socialism and communism to help people understand how a future socialist America will look and feel.

Americans hear an idealized portrait of a sustainable future where race bias ends, where global responsibility matters more than local needs, and where income inequality vanishes.

I talk with thousands of people about freedom and property rights. It is not that Americans do not care about these issues. They do not understand how important they are, or even what they are.

What Happened to Checks and Balances Make the Answer Go Viral

http://www.paulstramer.net/2016/09/what-happened-to-checks-and-balances.html

by Anna Von Reitz

I am often asked, mostly by older Americans, “What happened to Checks and Balances?”

For younger readers, let me explain.  We were taught that our government depends on the principle of “checks and balances” to function properly.  The Founders deliberately set up the State Governments as a “check” — a means to block — Federal Government overreaches, and keep the whole machinery of government “balanced”.

Both the concept of “checks and balances” and the reality of it has faded away and all levels of government —county, state, and federal—have increasingly become rubber stamps for each other.  Why?

The short answer is federal corporation racketeering kickbacks, otherwise known as “block grants”.

Beginning in the 1930’s the Rockefeller-sponsored Council of State Governments began advocating “federal revenue sharing”—- a euphemism for state governments receiving a portion of federal corporation profits in exchange for doing whatever the federal corporation bosses wanted the state governments to do.

Eventually, the then-existing state governments were led along bread crumb by bread crumb to compromise their very structure and being and to allow themselves to be incorporated as mere franchises of the federal corporation.  Just like Dairy Queen franchises they were then obligated to follow along in lock-step, promote the brand, wear the colors and do everything according to federal regulation and statute.

So, as a reality, the state governments were bribed into submission and the federal corporation bosses gained a strangle-hold on their operations.

By 1966 all the various organizations operating as state governments had taken the bait. They were obligated to continue in this quasi- federal satellite status as a quid pro quo requirement of receiving federal block grants and quickly became dependent on the hand-outs.  They also lost all credibility as governments of the people, by the people, or for the people and slid headlong into being governments of the corporations, by the corporations, and for the corporations—-at the expense of the people these institutions are supposed to serve.

As time went on the corruption grew, and the more corrupt the state governments became, the more federal “candy” they received and the more adept at racketeering they became in their own right. In California the California Franchise Tax Board reared its ugly head, and elsewhere, in Nevada and Delaware, the race was on to promote business by passing “laws” that gave corporations even more power and less liability.  Perhaps most important of all, whatever “Daddy” in DC wanted, he and his agencies got, no questions asked.

Fortunately for us, when these original state government organizations decided to cross the line and incorporate as franchises of the federal corporation, they ceased to have any actual standing as a sovereign government and became private corporate enterprises in the business of providing governmental services.  Also, once incorporated as federal franchises, they became foreign with respect to us, in the same way that Spain is foreign to Bulgaria.

Unless we really are and voluntarily choose to be “United States Citizens” or “citizens of the United States” they and their statutes have no power over us.  All their police departments are peopled by Mall Cops—- private security forces with exactly the same authority as a aisle walker at Walmart.  See the Clearfield Doctrine and 22 USC 286 (d).

This means that we are free to act as American State nationals and set up our own lawful government on the land and decide for ourselves whether we want to provide our own governmental services at the state level or hire some other organization to provide state level services. After all, those who decided to incorporate our state governments as federal franchises made that decision only for themselves and in opposition to the requirements of our state governments to retain true checks and balances. They have continued to presume that they have the contract to provide us with state governmental services, but we are not obligated to go along with that presumption.

We can choose another company to mow our lawn or we can do it ourselves.  They are in the position of service vendors and they can be fired without the niceties of an election.

Neither of the federal corporations doing business as the UNITED STATES (IMF) or THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (FEDERAL RESERVE) want us to realize these facts, but facts they remain.

By objecting to their presumption that we are  “United States Citizens”  or “citizens of the United States” and by recording our Acts of Expatriation asserting our birthright political status as Virginians, Ohioans, Californians, etc., owing our allegiance to the land and soil of our birth, we serve Notice that we are not playing their corporate game and that they are merely here under contract to provide services to us.  We also serve Notice that our actual states operating on the land jurisdiction— the Wisconsin State, Virginia Commonwealth, and so on– are alive and well and populated with living, breathing Americans.

These states, the states standing firmly on the land, are the states meant to represent the people of this country—-not some foreign corporation franchises merely calling themselves the “State of Washington” or the “STATE OF ALABAMA” surviving on kickbacks from parent corporations in DC.

The unincorporated states on the land, like the Missouri State, are the missing links that need to be inserted back into the picture to establish and maintain checks and balances and return our government to its intended mode of operation, with the state governments being largely independent of the federal government’s corporate policies and exercising a wide latitude of control over their own affairs.

In recent years the federal corporation(s) have even reached down into the county level and by the hundreds county government organizations have joined in the “federal block grant”  kickback scheme.  They have incorporated as “franchises of the state franchises”, and like the “STATE OF IOWA”  the “JACKSON COUNTY” franchises have knowingly or unknowingly surrendered their status as sovereign elements of our lawful government and obligated themselves as corporate franchises to abide by every federal directive.

Finally, these obligations have become to oppressive and so contrary to local needs and sentiments that local people and local county governments are pushing back and pulling away from the federal trough—–and in the process, remembering who they really are and recalling the people they are meant to serve.

Please visit this link to learn more about two such counties and what they have done so far to restore local government of the people, by the people, and for the people:

http://us11.campaign-archive1.com/?u=ec7f192a872c6e5829dbbc97e&id=d1cf0326c3&e=c1037ae6d3

All over this country the American People and the organizations meant to serve the living people are waking up from the bad dream of Rockefeller’s collectivist corporate government and realizing their mistakes.  Either by booting up completely new and separate county government organizations to operate the actual land-based counties under the organic and public law, or by voluntarily liquidating incorporated county franchises and resuming operations as actual American county governments, the move is on.

I remember my Uncle Henry Schnur hearing about federal block grants for the first time, circa 1965.  He shook his head and said, “My Lord, people are dumb.  Where do they think all this federal money is coming from?”

The answer which was so obvious to him isn’t necessarily obvious to people now, so let me say it in words everyone can understand:  all that “federal” money came from us, from you and I.  They were robbing Peter to pay Paul, without even bothering to tell Peter about the arrangements they made “in his behalf”.

They stole our identities and incorporated us as “franchises” just as they unlawfully converted our counties and states into corporate franchises and got away with this via a similar names fraud scheme.

The perpetrators then used our good credit and our assets as collateral to borrow against and they employed racketeering methods to force us to pay taxes we never owed.  This gave them plenty of money to waste and to spread around in other countries to interfere in their governments and cause trouble and wage wars for profit and to provide “federal block grants” as pay-offs to the state and county government organizations that were supposed to be protecting us from this criminality.

Corporate crooks took over the “federal government” which has been operating as a foreign governmental services corporation  since 1877 and they used this as a backdoor means to plunder the good name and credit of the American People via a process of semantic deceit, bribes, and kick backs.

And that is what we are dealing with now, a legacy of deceit, fraud, and odious debt, which can only be dealt with via widespread awareness and public action beginning at the county level and spreading to the state level to restore our actual states and counties on the land and to restore the checks and balances that were undermined by this system of bribes known as “federal block grants”.

See this article and over 300 others on Anna’s website here:www.annavonreitz.com

Zika: A Masterpiece of Public Mind Control

http://healthimpactnews.com/2016/zika-a-masterpiece-of-public-mind-control/

by John P. Thomas
Health Impact News

It’s been nearly nine months since the word “Zika” flashed like a lightning bolt in the headlines of mainstream news. Before January 1, 2016, Zika was just one of many viruses that public health officials monitored. But suddenly in January of this year everything changed, as a nearly harmless virus was transformed into a worldwide threat.

As we will see, the Zika propaganda machine was turned on in October of 2015 and it has been running wild ever since. This is a classic example of a mind control program, a public brainwashing project, or a high powered marketing campaign.

Regardless of what you call it, it is clear that the mainstream news media, the World Health Organization (WHO), the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO), the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Big Pharma, Big Chem, and both Republicans and Democrats have joined forces to sell a Zika eradication program to the people of the United States and to the rest of the world.

This has been and continues to be one of the best orchestrated programs of propaganda in recent history. This article will discuss how the program started, how it has been developed, and where it is going.

Zika is not a Threat to the Babies of the World

Just to be absolutely clear from the beginning, there is no solid evidence that Zika is a threat to humanity. It is a minimally dangerous viral infection, which does not cause microcephaly.

In the almost 70 years since the Zika virus was patented by the Rockefeller Foundation, [1] no one ever noticed any association between Zika infection of pregnant women and their babies being born with abnormally small heads or with defects in brain development. But in 2015, we were suddenly made aware of this supposed problem. This claim, based on nothing more than circumstantial evidence, was the beginning point for the propaganda campaign. A propaganda claim doesn’t need to be true; it just needs to be repeated over and over again until people believe it is true.

After half a year of fear and hysteria in the mainstream media, even officials in Brazil admit that Zika is an unlikely cause of their microcephaly.

As reported in Nature News & Comment on July 23, 2016, an official from Brazil’s ministry of health raises doubts to suggest Zika is not the only factor in the reported microcephaly surge in his country. The report stated:

Zika virus has spread throughout Brazil, but extremely high rates of microcephaly have been reported only in the country’s northeast. Although evidence suggests that Zika can cause microcephaly, the clustering pattern hints that other environmental, socio-economic or biological factors could be at play.

“We suspect that something more than Zika virus is causing the high intensity and severity of cases,” says Fatima Marinho, director of information and health analysis at Brazil’s ministry of health. If that turns out to be true, it could change researchers’ assessment of the risk that Zika poses to pregnant women and their children. [2]

Despite this admission from Brazil, the Zika propaganda campaign is moving ahead without interruption. The campaign will not be stopped by contrary evidence about Zika and microcephaly.

Zika is a Mild Viral Infection

Most people who get Zika, will be completely unaware of being infected. For those who do get sick, it is similar in many ways to having a cold or a mild case of the flu. People experience fever, rash, joint pain, and conjunctivitis. The illness is usually mild with symptoms lasting from several days to a week. Infection is thought to provide lifelong immunity. Severe disease requiring hospitalization is uncommon. Deaths are rare. [3]

The fact that almost no one dies from Zika infection made it a very unlikely candidate for the development of a vaccine. For those who actually feel sick from a Zika infection, they can receive comfort care and rest while their immune systems overcome the viral illness.

Zika Press Releases Set the Stage for a Propaganda Campaign

However, if Zika could be connected to some other horrible consequence, such as microcephaly or paralysis (Guillain-Barré syndrome) for example, then people would insist that we create a Zika vaccine and would insist that every person on planet Earth take it. They would be willing to give up basic individual freedoms for the benefit of society, which is always the goal of mind control programs.

In 2015, a number of press releases and reports were released by the Pan American Health Organization / World Health Organization (PAHO/WHO) and the CDC, to set the stage for the unfolding of a grand mind control project.

The documents they published raised the red flag of alarm that a Zika epidemic was unfolding throughout South America and Mexico. The conventional media got excited about the epidemic when they saw the word “microcephaly.” The prospect of large numbers of babies being born with abnormally small heads and brains was a story that would really grab the attention of their audience.

The media used pictures of deformed babies to build fear in the hearts of people and to create the perception that we better watch out or Zika is going to get us and our babies! They worked really hard to instill public panic about Zika in January and February of 2016.

In the timeline that follows, you will see the word “autochthonous.” Public Health agencies use the word autochthonous to say that an infection was locally generated. An autochthonous case of Zika is one that was acquired in the local area where a person lives. This is in contrast with a Zika infection that was acquired while visiting another region or country.

I will list a few of the key points from some press releases to show how a foundation for the Zika campaign was built and how momentum was established to project the campaign into mainstream media.

May 2015: Brazil confirms first autochthonous cases of Zika. [4]

October 2015: Columbia confirms first autochthonous cases of Zika. [5]

October 2015: Brazil reports unusually high number of babies with microcephaly. [6]

November 2015: El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico, Paraguay, Suriname, and Venezuela report autochthonous Zika infection. [7]

November 17, 2015: WHO calls upon member states to watch for the occurrence of microcephaly. [8]

December 1, 2015: PAHO/WHO issued the first of dozens of reports, which chronicled the history of the growing Zika epidemic and warned of microcephaly. [9, 10]

December 21, 2015: WHO reports autochthonous Zika infections in Honduras. [11]

December 22, 2015: WHO reports autochthonous Zika infections in Panama. [12]

December 31, 2015: US CDC reports autochthonous Zika infections in Puerto Rico, and makes note of microcephaly in Brazil. [13]

Counting Babies with Microcephaly

The mainstream media suddenly picked up on the Zika/microcephaly story in January of 2016 and began sensationalizing it. General concern was quickly transformed into alarm as officials in Brazil reported a steady increase in the number of microcephaly cases. As of January 30, 2016, they reported 4,783 cases of microcephaly and/or Central Nervous System (CNS) malformation suggestive of congenital infection. They compared this with 2001 — 2014 data where there was an average of 163 microcephaly cases. [14]

The Brazil data about the babies was poor. We didn’t know their definition of microcephaly. We didn’t know how many of the mothers actually tested positive for Zika. We didn’t know how the data was collected. We also didn’t know why there was a strong level of insistence that the only thing that could cause these birth defects was infection with the Zika virus. Propaganda campaigns always dismissed other viewpoints other than the one being promoted. They don’t want an investigation of truth or a debate about the facts – they just want belief and submission.

The US Propaganda Machine Goes Public in January 2016

CDC officials begin to ponder the situation. First they say there might be an association between Zika and microcephaly, but they are far from asserting any kind of causative relationship. [15]

“Good for them,” I thought when I heard that report. But their apparent wisdom took a nosedive a minute later when the same CDC official went on to issue a travel warning to women to avoid traveling to Brazil and other South American countries if they are pregnant, think they might be pregnant or are thinking of becoming pregnant in the next couple years.

“What did the CDC just say?” There is no evidence of causation, and we don’t even know there is even a problem, but women should stay home any way. “Strange,” I thought as I began to remember how the conventional media, the CDC, and the WHO hyped up the African Ebola epidemic in a similar kind of propaganda campaign just 18 months earlier. The worldwide threat of Ebola Zaire completely died out long before a vaccine could be developed, which must have been a major disappointment to Big Pharma.

But this time, they have a virus that is not going to die out. This time their propaganda campaign will be much more sophisticated, and it will make major steps toward the acceptance of universal mandatory vaccination for diseases such as Zika.

A False International Crisis Involving Deformed Babies Justifies Action

All through January and early February of 2016, the news media provided us with a non-stop litany of stories about Zika and deformed babies. In a previous article I examined some of the headlines in the propaganda campaign.

Are we All Being Forced onto a Passenger Train Named Zika?

The CDC was still using the word “possible association,” while the news media insisted on using the word “cause.” Despite the initial reserve of the CDC, the news media began to shout the message across America, “Zika is going to deform the heads of our babies while they are in the womb, and there’s no vaccine to protect us!”

It seems like every Zika story I saw included at least one photo of a baby with microcephaly and always stated that there is no vaccine yet. We were reminded over and over again that Zika is causing babies to be born with abnormally small heads, mental retardation, and blindness. We were warned that some babies were dying at birth because of the severity of their brain deformation. We were told that each baby born with microcephaly will cost ten million dollars or more in medical expenses during the child’s life. [16] These stories created ever increasing levels of apprehension and fear as they were intended to do.

As the mainstream media struggled to keep the fear level high and keep the story line flowing from week to week, they began to focus in on government efforts to save us from Zika. It didn’t take long for them to find people to interview who would ask the question they wanted asked.

“What is the Government Going to Do to Protect Our Babies?”

This question was asked over and over again even though there was no proof that Zika infection and microcephaly were related. The question was asked so many times by the media that no politician could dare to say, “I am not going to do anything, because as far as we know Zika doesn’t cause microcephaly.”

President Obama Responds to the Question

On February 22, 2016, President Obama requested 1.9 billion dollars to study the situation and to develop a Zika vaccine. [17]

Let’s look at this more carefully. We are going to spend 1.9 billion dollars to develop a vaccine for a virus that almost never kills anyone and has not been proven to cause birth defects — just to be safe. Or is something else going on here?

Perhaps the real story is that Big Pharma wants another cash cow vaccine and the Zika threat has been promoted in such a way that people will insist that Big Pharma develop a Zika vaccine for us. Suddenly, Big Pharma companies will be able to put on their white hats and rescue all the babies of the world. This would be such sweet deception if they could pull it off.

CDC Declaration: Zika Causes Microcephaly

The CDC announced in April of 2016 that Zika causes microcephaly. [18]

This decision was based on a CDC analysis of available data. They did not conduct comprehensive research. They used a quacking duck kind of analysis. If it quacks like a duck and walks like a duck then it must be a duck. They couldn’t tell if it had feathers like a duck or has a bill like a duck, but they still insisted on calling it a duck named Zika. In doing this, they ignored some of the most important criteria in their analysis.

CDC researchers stated:

The seventh [of Shepard’s] criterion, proof in an experimental system that the agent acts in an unaltered state, is aimed at medications or chemical exposures and does not apply to infectious agents. Thus, given Shepard’s criteria as a framework, criteria 1, 3, and 4 have been satisfied — evidence that is considered sufficient to identify an agent as a teratogen. [19]

In other words, they used a set of seven criteria to determine whether Zika could be considered to be a cause of microcephaly. They determined that the association between Zika infection and microcephaly was causative for 3 of the 7 criteria. They suggested that additional study was needed before 3 of the other criteria could be met. They excluded the seventh criteria altogether, because it examined whether medications or chemicals might have caused microcephaly.

I couldn’t believe that they excluded the seventh criteria when it is clear that microcephaly is known to be caused by pesticide exposure, and could just as easily be caused by vaccinations during pregnancy as it was likely to be caused by Zika infection.

These CDC scientists were only looking for causation from infectious agents. Nothing else seemed to matter. This exclusionary mindset was present since the very beginning of the Zika propaganda campaign.

They ignored the effect of the Tdap vaccine given to pregnant women in Brazil in 2015. They ignored the side effects of medications. They ignored the consumption of GMO food, glyphosate, and Pyriproxyfen that were widely used in Brazil. They ignored chemical exposure from Brazil’s large chemical manufacturing facilities. They ignored alcohol and drug use. They ignored the effects of extreme multi-generational nutritional deficiencies and extreme poverty. They ignored the introduction of genetically modified mosquitoes that were released in Brazil. They ignored exposure to rubella, toxoplasmosis, or cytomegalovirus. They ignored the combined effects of all these factors as well as multigenerational modifications to the local gene pool from these potential causes.

I discussed these potential causes of microcephaly in my first article on Zika, published in January of 2016.

Zika: A Real Threat or another Hoax to Promote Medical Tyranny?

There is one key point that I want to bring forward from the previous article concerning the number of babies born with microcephaly. First we heard that there were some 4,783 cases of microcephaly in Brazil. After the initial shock and panic was produced, we learned that further investigation showed that the number of confirmed cases was only 483.

The mainstream media also didn’t mention that the number of babies born in the United States with microcephaly in a typical year is 25,000. When adjusting for population differences between the US and Brazil, we find that the rate of microcephaly in the US is actually 40 times higher than the rate in Brazil.

In other words, the US microcephaly incidence is much higher than Brazil, and our babies didn’t get it from Zika. Maybe our babies got it from the various potential causes I discussed in my previous article.

I should also state that the researchers who put their names on this article are all employees of the CDC. [20] I must question whether their analysis was truly objective and whether their findings were influenced by CDC ties to Big Pharma. [21]

The Zika Vaccine is in the Pipeline

Based on this single poor quality analysis, it’s full speed ahead for developing a Zika vaccine. There are at least four companies plus the CDC working on a Zika vaccine. We are told that it will still take several years before a Zika vaccine can be properly tested and made available in large quantities for the population of the world.

Zika vaccine trials have already begun and they are already recruiting volunteers in the US. The US National Institutes of Health hopes to start phase II trials of its vaccine in early 2017. [22]

Congress Tries to Protect Our Babies with Zika Funding

Now that the CDC has settled the Zika-microcephaly question, it was time to get congress to fund the President’s request for a Zika vaccine development program. The House and the Senate passed Zika funding bills. However, they have different ideas of how much money should be spent and how the funds should be generated. The funding process stalled at the end of June when the Senate and House could not reconcile their differences. [23]

Congress went on a seven week summer vacation, and wasn’t available to try to resolve their differences. This created a problem for the Zika mind control campaign, because it might mean there would be no new Zika news to report during the summer.

Keeping the Propaganda Campaign Going by Killing Mosquitoes

The mainstream media switched their focus from vaccine development to eradication of the Aedes aegypti mosquito, which is known to carry the Zika virus. If an infected mosquito bites a person, then the person might develop the infection. This is a fact that no one is disputing.

The Great Mosquito Chase of 2016

The CDC continues to count the number of Zika cases in the US and Puerto Rico. The numbers continue to rise through the spring and early summer. They were looking for autochthonous cases of Zika in the US, but they could only find infected people who had traveled to Zika infected countries or who had sex with people who traveled to those countries.

Finally, at the very end of July, 4 people in the Wynnewood section of Miami, Florida, were found to have Zika even though they had not traveled to a Zika infected country or had sex with a Zika infected person. [24]

Public health officials at the state and federal level interpreted the presence of these cases to mean that Zika must have been transmitted to these people by mosquito bites. They ignored the possibility that the infected people might have been lying about their exposure, for example, having sexual contact with an infected person. Nevertheless, officials concluded that they must implement a strong mosquito control program to prevent Zika from spreading any further.

Now that the Zika epidemic was on US home soil; the media had another fear inducing story to add to their propaganda campaign. “There are mosquitoes that are out to get you and our babies!”

The Governor of Florida Goes Door to Door to Find more People with Zika

On August 1st, the governor of Florida contacted the US public health system and asked them to send a specially trained squad of federal public health agents to help with the Zika emergency in Miami. These agents and Florida officials went door to door in the Wynwood neighborhood of Miami and collected urine samples to identify additional cases of Zika.

10 more cases were found, but all were asymptomatic – the people didn’t even know they were infected. [25]

Problem — They can’t find a Zika Infected Mosquito

5,000 mosquitoes were tested for the presence of Zika, but all tests were negative. [26]

Officials dismiss the negative infection results by saying that finding a Zika infected mosquito is like finding a needle in a haystack. [27]

Aerial Mosquito Spraying Program Initiated

The governor of Florida in conjunction with federal public health agents decided that they needed to do aerial spraying of pesticide. Even though the Aedes aegypti mosquito wouldn’t travel more than 300 feet from its birth place in the Wynwood neighborhood where the autochthonous Zika cases were located, the officials decided to spray a ten square mile area just to be safe. [28]

A spraying program that covers ten square miles would make a sensational story in the media. It would be much more alarming than a story about a neighborhood aerial spray zone. It also would expose many more people to a toxic pesticide (more about that later).

The first aerial spraying took place on August 4, 2016. [29]

Toxic Pesticide Used in Aerial Spraying Causes Microcephaly

Officials told the public not to worry about the pesticide that was being sprayed, because it (naled) is harmless. They pointed to EPA reports, which supported their claim. [30]

They didn’t mention that naled was banned in Europe in 2005. They didn’t mention that officials in Puerto Rico recently refused to allow the spraying of naled over their citizens. They didn’t mention that naled kills many other types of insects and aquatic creatures in addition to mosquitoes. [31] Most importantly, official didn’t mention that naled and the chemicals that are created when it breaks down in the environment have the potential for causing human birth defects. [32]

Could Pesticide Naled Cause Microcephaly and other Life Threatening Diseases?

Officials didn’t mention that the pesticide that they were spraying over the densely populated minority neighborhood of Wynwood [33] was particularly dangerous for babies in the womb.

This is what the JOURNAL OF PESTICIDE REFORM has to say about naled:

Like all organophosphates, naled [Dibrom] is toxic to the nervous system. Symptoms of exposure include headaches, nausea, and diarrhea. Naled is more toxic when exposure occurs by breathing contaminated air than through other kinds of exposure.

In laboratory tests, naled exposure caused increased aggressiveness and a deterioration of memory and learning.

Naled’s breakdown product dichlorvos (another organophosphate insecticide) interferes with prenatal brain development. In laboratory animals, exposure for just 3 days during pregnancy when the brain is growing quickly reduced brain size 15 percent.

Dichlorvos also causes cancer, according to the International Agency for Research on Carcinogens. In laboratory tests, it caused leukemia and pancreatic cancer. Two independent studies have shown that children exposed to household “no-pest” strips containing dichlorvos have a higher incidence of brain cancer than unexposed children. [34] [Emphasis added]

Please note the italicized phrases in the above report.

Naled exposure causes increased aggressiveness and a deterioration of memory and learning. These are some of the symptoms that are also found in children on the autism spectrum.

One of the most toxic break down products in Naled is Dichlorvos. This chemical caused a 15% reduction in brain size in pregnant lab animals after 3 days of exposure. Another word for reduced brain size is microcephaly.

So, the pesticide they are spraying could increase the rate of autism among children in the spray zone, and could cause microcephaly to occur in the babies of pregnant women.

Question: If there are babies born in Miami with microcephaly in the next nine months or if the autism rate in the spray zone increases, will we blame Zika or Naled? I am sure that no one from the CDC or from a public health agency will ever point a finger at Naled. They will use the children to prove beyond a shadow of a doubt that Zika is to blame.

Naled is also Harmful to Adults

Dr. Naresh Kumar, a Professor of Public Health at the University of Miami, commented about the risks of using pesticides in aerial spraying. His statement came from CBS Miami:

“All are a neurotoxin, meaning it will directly affect our nervous system.” “It will affect not only the pregnant woman … it is also equally for children who have asthma and airway disease because when you are spraying in the air, these aerosols stay in the air for at least five days.” [35]

The Miami Herald provided this advice to people in the pesticide spray zone. They stated:

The agency [EPA] says the insecticide poses no risk for the majority of people, but those sensitive to chemicals may want to stay inside during spraying, close windows and turn off window air conditioners. Fruits and vegetables should also be washed before eating and outdoor furniture and grills covered. [36]

So, if you are concerned about being exposed to the chemicals they are spraying, then you should stay inside for 5 days until the pesticide falls out of the air. You should keep your windows closed, and turn off window air conditioners. I wonder how many people were able to follow this advice in the subtropical urban climate of Miami in August.

Mind control programs always try to make life difficult for those who live outside the box of normality. They want us to follow their instructions, which in this case would be to just not worry about the spraying. If you are concerned, then you can take their ridiculous suggestions, which won’t really protect you from the spray.

Does Zika also Cause Guillain-Barré Syndrome?

Apparently the CDC suspects that Zika causes the paralytic syndrome called Guillain-Barré. If you look at the data collection forms for monitoring Zika in the US you will see another masterful stroke of mind control in the making. They are counting cases of Guillain-Barré Syndrome on the same form with cases of Zika. [37]

Why would the CDC try to make this connection? The CDC indicates on their Guillain-Barré Syndrome page that they are not sure what causes this syndrome. They do mention that there were some cases of Guillain-Barré Syndrome associated with the swine flu vaccine in 1976, but otherwise the condition is rare with unknown etiology. [38]

If they can make a case for the Zika virus being the cause of Guillain-Barré Syndrome, then they will shift attention away from the fact that many vaccines and pesticides have a harmful effect on the human nervous system and are able to produce this type of paralysis.

I anticipate seeing a Guillain-Barré Syndrome research paper just like the one produced by the CDC on microcephaly. Their new paper will just substitute the phrase “Guillain-Barré Syndrome,” for the word “microcephaly.” They will show through statistical smoke and mirrors that the Zika virus is causative for Guillain-Barré Syndrome as well as microcephaly.

If they can pull this off, then the Zika virus will be blamed for all cases of vaccine damage in which microcephaly or paralysis results. If they can pull this off, and I suspect they will, then pesticide manufacturers will also be able to blame the Zika virus for microcephaly, neurological malformation, and paralysis that results from the use of their products. The Zika virus will be the perfect scapegoat.

The List of Birth Defects Being Blamed on Zika with No Evidence is Increasing

Propaganda campaigns always seek to worsen the devastating effects of whatever they want us to fear. First we heard that Zika causes microcephaly. Then we heard that it might also cause Guillain-Barré Syndrome. Now we are hearing that Zika causes a whole host of other birth defects, some of which might not appear until months or even years after birth.

The New York Times stated:

The images [of babies with microcephaly], published Tuesday in the journal Radiology, also suggest a grim possibility: Because some of the damage was seen in brain areas that continue to develop after birth, it may be that babies born without obvious impairment will experience problems as they grow.

Images of another baby girl show contracted hands and arms, the result of another common symptom. Zika seems to damage the nerves in a developing fetus so that sometimes “muscles aren’t developing normally because they don’t have the nerve impulses to move normally,” she [Dr. Levine] said.

With such a vicious and unpredictable virus, “it’s key to realize that Zika is more than microcephaly, that there’s a number of other abnormalities as they’ve shown in this paper, and its effects are going to be even more broad,” said Dr. Spong, whose agency has begun a study of what will ultimately be 10,000 babies born in Zika epidemic areas including Brazil and Puerto Rico.

“It’s going to be essential to follow them to look at their development, to look at their ability to learn, to look at hearing problems, balance problems, behavior problems, all those issues, to make sure that we don’t miss anyone.” [39]

Zika: The New Scapegoat for All Childhood Diseases?

Can you tell where this is going? It seems to me that they are planning to put together a catalog of major injuries that results from Zika infection.

It will include most if not all injuries that result from vaccines, pesticides, GMO food, pharmaceutical drugs, the high-carbohydrate low-fat standard American diet, and anything else that might lead to a successful lawsuit against Big Pharma or Big Chem. Zika might just become the standard defense for suit against corporations. “It wasn’t our product that harmed this little baby, it was Zika!”

Conclusion: Another Government Tool for “The Greater Good” to Strip Away Freedoms?

Forced vaccinations are already common around the world, and legislation in the U.S. is moving towards mandatory vaccinations also. Photo courtesy of Dawn.com.

It won’t be long before the mainstream media will be showing us pictures of US babies from Florida who were born with microcephaly. The mainstream media will tug at our heartstrings and will remind us that this horror will soon become preventable when the Zika vaccine is developed.

We will hear about more and more connections between Zika and other terrible health conditions experienced by children. We will be told that all this suffering and all this expense will be avoided when all the mosquitoes are killed and everyone receives the Zika vaccine.

Mind control programs always talk about the greater good and how individuals must give up their individual freedoms, their rights, and even their preferences for the sake of the collective benefit. Zika will be one of the tools used by mind controllers and the ruling elite to move us toward mass vaccination and total government control over our lives.

See Also:

CDC Recommendations for Fighting Zika May be Causing Microcephaly, Autism, and Cancer

About the Author

John P. Thomas is a health writer for Health Impact News. He holds a B.A. in Psychology from the University of Michigan, and a Master of Science in Public Health (M.S.P.H.) from the School of Public Health, Department of Health Administration, at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

References

[1] “Zika Virus is property of Rockefeller Foundation,” Retrieved 2/7/2016. http://www.anonews.co/zika-virus-is-property-of-rockefeller-foundation/

[2] “Brazil asks whether Zika acts alone to cause birth defects,” Declan Butler, Nature News & Comment, 7/25/2016. http://www.nature.com/news/brazil-asks-whether-zika-acts-alone-to-cause-birth-defects-1.20309

[3] “First case of Zika virus reported in Puerto Rico,” CDC Online Newsroom, 12/31/2015. http://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2015/s1231-zika.html

[4] “Epidemiological Alert – Neurological syndrome, congenital malformations, and Zika virus infection – Implications for Public Health in the Americas,” Pan American Health Organization / World Health Organization, December 1, 2015. http://www.paho.org/hq/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_view&Itemid=270&gid=32405&lang=en

[5] IBID.

[6] IBID.

[7] IBID.

[8] “Epidemiological Alert Increase of microcephaly in the northeast of Brazil,” November 17, 2015. http://www.paho.org/hq/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_view&Itemid=270&gid=32285&lang=en

[9] “Epidemiological Alert – Neurological syndrome, congenital malformations, and Zika virus infection – Implications for Public Health in the Americas,” Pan American Health Organization / World Health Organization, December 1, 2015. http://www.paho.org/hq/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_view&Itemid=270&gid=32405&lang=e

[10] “Archive by Disease – Zika virus infection,” PAHO WHO. http://www.paho.org/hq/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=10898&Itemid=41443&lang=en

[11] “Zika virus infection – Honduras,” WHO, 12/21/2015. http://www.who.int/csr/don/21-december-2015-zika-honduras/en/

[12] “Zika virus infection – Panama,” WHO, 12/22/2015. http://www.who.int/csr/don/22-december-2015-zika-panama/en/

[13] “First case of Zika virus reported in Puerto Rico,” CDC Online Newsroom | CDC, 12/31/2015. http://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2015/s1231-zika.html

[14] “PAHO WHO Reported increase of congenital microcephaly and other central nervous system symptoms,” February 10, 2016. http://www.paho.org/hq/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=11675&Itemid=41711&lang=en

[15] “Why is Zika virus spreading so quickly?” Judy Woodruff talks to Dr. Anthony Fauci of the National Institutes of Health, 1/28/2016. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bHjjK-Gz3Ic

[16] “Zika virus: Miami outbreak sparks concern, demand for tests among pregnant women,” Emily Cochrane and Daniel Chang, Miami Herald, 8/3/2016. http://www.miamiherald.com/news/health-care/article93631267.html

[17] “Letter From The President — Zika Virus,” whitehouse.gov, 2/22/2016. https://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/2016/02/22/letter-president-zika-virus

[18] “Zika Virus Causes Birth Defects, Health Officials Confirm,” – The New York Times, Pam Delluck and Donald G. McNeil, jr., 4/13/2016. http://www.nytimes.com/2016/04/14/health/zika-virus-causes-birth-defects-cdc.html?_r=0

[19] Sonja A. Rasmussen, M.D., Denise J. Jamieson, M.D., M.P.H., Margaret A. Honein, Ph.D., M.P.H., and Lyle R. Petersen, M.D., M.P.H; “Zika Virus and Birth Defects — Reviewing the Evidence for Causality,” New England Journal of Medicine, 5/19/2016. http://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJMsr1604338

[20] “So What Became of the $1.9 Billion for Zika?” Marco Cáceres, National Vaccine Information Center, 8/17/2016.  http://www.thevaccinereaction.org/2016/08/so-what-became-of-the-1-9-billion-for-zika/

[21] “How Conflict of Interest has Corrupted the CDC,” Joseph Mercola, 6/30/2015. http://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2015/06/30/cdc-receives-funding-from-industry.aspx

[22] “NIH kicks off Phi trial for Zika vax as caseload rises in U.S,” Emily Wasserman, FiercePharma, 8/3/2016. http://www.fiercepharma.com/vaccines/nih-kicks-off-phi-trial-for-zika-vax-as-case-load-rises-u-s

[23] “Zika Deal In Congress Likely To Be Delayed Until After Recess,” David M. Herszenhorn, The New York Times, 6/23/2016. http://www.nytimes.com/2016/06/23/us/politics/zika-congress-emergency-funding.html?_r=0

[24] “Florida health officials confirm local Zika transmission,” Debra Goldschmidt, CNN, July 29, 2016. http://www.cnn.com/2016/07/29/health/florida-health-officials-confirm-local-zika-transmission/

[25] “Gov. Scott: Florida Calls on CDC to Activate Emergency Response Team Following Confirmed Mosquito-Borne Transmissions,” 8/1/2016. http://www.flgov.com/2016/08/01/gov-scott-florida-calls-on-cdc-to-activate-emergency-response-team-following-confirmed-mosquito-borne-transmissions/

[26] “Florida’s Mosquito Control Forces Mobilize Against Zika Threat,” Kaiser Health News, Phil Galewitz, 6/2016. http://khn.org/news/floridas-mosquito-control-forces-mobilize-against-zika-threat/

[27] “Florida confirms it is first state with locally transmitted Zika,” Andrew Joseph, 7/29/2016. https://www.statnews.com/2016/07/29/florida-mosquitoes-zika-first-state/

[28] Zika Virus: Miami-Dade County plans to spray naled in Wynwood Friday | Miami Herald, 8/11/2016. http://www.miamiherald.com/news/health-care/article95024917.html

[29] “Spraying Begins in Miami to Combat the Zika Virus,” Mark Lizette Alvarez and Pam Belluckaug, New York Times, 8/4/2016. http://www.nytimes.com/2016/08/05/health/spraying-begins-in-miami-to-combat-the-zika-virus.html?_r=0

[30] “Naled for Mosquito Control,” US EPA, 8/15/2016. https://www.epa.gov/mosquitocontrol/naled-mosquito-control

[31] “Friday flight planned to spray for Zika mosquitoes,” Jenny Staletovich, Miami Herald, 8/11/2016. http://www.miamiherald.com/news/health-care/article95024917.html

[32] “Florida to Spray Residents Like Bugs over Zika — with a Chemical that Ironically Reduces Fetal Brain Size in Studies,” Mellissa Dykes, The Daily Sheeple, 8/3/2016. http://www.activistpost.com/2016/08/florida-spray-residents-like-bugs-zika-chemical-

[33] “Free 33127 ZIP Code Map, Statistics, and More for Miami, FL.” http://www.unitedstateszipcodes.org/33127/

[34] “Alternatives to Pesticides factsheet on Naled,” Journal of Pesticide Reform, Fall 2002, Vol. 22, no. 3. https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/ncap/pages/26/attachments/original/1428423409/naled.pdf?1428423409

[35] “EPA: Insecticide Used To Fight Zika Is Safe,” CBS Miami. http://miami.cbslocal.com/2016/08/04/epa-insecticide-used-to-fight-zika-is-safe/

[36] “Zika Virus: Miami-Dade County plans to spray naled in Wynwood Friday,” Miami Herald, 8/11/2016. http://www.miamiherald.com/news/health-care/article95024917.html

[37] “Zika and Guillain-Barré Syndrome,” CDC. http://www.cdc.gov/zika/healtheffects/gbs-qa.html

[38] IBID.

[39] “Brain Scans of Brazilian Babies Show Array of Zika Effects,” Pam Belluck, The New York Times, 8/23/2016. http://www.nytimes.com/2016/08/24/health/zika-a-formidable-enemy-attacks-and-destroys-parts-of-babies-brains.html?emc=edit_th_20160824&nl=todaysheadlines&nlid=67570349&_r=1

Your Money or Your Life: What’s Behind the Latest Government Scam to Rob You Blind?

http://www.rutherford.org/publications_resources/john_whiteheads_commentary/your_money_or_your_life_whats_behind_the_latest_government_scam_to_rob

 By John W. Whitehead
September 13, 2016

“The fact is that the government, like a highwayman, says to a man: Your money, or your life. And many, if not most, taxes are paid under the compulsion of that threat. The government does not, indeed, waylay a man in a lonely place, spring upon him from the road side, and, holding a pistol to his head, proceed to rifle his pockets. But the robbery is none the less a robbery on that account; and it is far more dastardly and shameful.”—Lysander Spooner, American abolitionist and legal theorist

If a cop wrongfully attacks you, you cannot fight back.

If a SWAT team wrongfully raids your home, you cannot defend yourself.

If a highway patrol officer wrongfully takes your money or your valuable possessions, you cannot get them back without a lengthy, costly legal battle.

It used to be that the Constitution served as a bulwark against government abuses, excesses and wrongdoing.

That is no longer the case.

Having been reduced to little more than a historic document, the Constitution now provides scant protection against government abuses, misconduct and corruption.

Not only are “we the people” painfully vulnerable to the whims of any militarized cop on the beat, but we are also sitting targets for every government huckster out to fleece the taxpayer of their hard-earned dollars.

We get taxed on how much we earn, taxed on what we eat, taxed on what we buy, taxed on where we go, taxed on what we drive, and taxed on how much is left of our assets when we die.

Because the government’s voracious appetite for money, power and control has grown out of control, its agents have devised other means of funding its excesses and adding to its largesse through taxes disguised as fines, taxes disguised as fees, and taxes disguised as tolls, tickets and penalties. For example, red light cameras, which were sold to the public as safety measures, have in practice become backdoor taxes aimed at swelling government bank accounts.

The government’s schemes to swindle, cheat, scam, and generally defraud Americans have run the gamut from wasteful pork barrel legislation, cronyism and graft to asset forfeiture schemes, the modern-day equivalent of highway robbery, astronomical health care “reform,” and costly stimulus packages.

Americans have also been made to pay through the nose for the government’s endless wars, subsidization of foreign nations, military empire, welfare state, roads to nowhere, bloated workforce, secret agencies, fusion centers, private prisons, biometric databases, invasive technologies, arsenal of weapons, and every other budgetary line item that is contributing to the fast-growing wealth of the corporate elite at the expense of those who are barely making ends meet—that is, we the taxpayers.

Those football stadiums that charge exorbitant sums for nosebleed seats? Our taxpayer dollars subsidize them. Those blockbuster war films? Yep, we were the silent investors on those, too. Same goes for the military equipment being peddled to local police agencies and the surveillance cameras being “donated” to local governments.

Now the government and its corporate partners in crime have come up with a new scheme to not only scam taxpayers out of what’s left of their paychecks but also make us foot the bill, and it’s coming at us in the form of a war on cash.

What is this war on cash?

It’s a concerted campaign to do away with large bills such as $20s, $50s, $100s and shift consumers towards a digital mode of commerce that can easily be monitored, tracked, tabulated, mined for data, hacked, hijacked and confiscated when convenient.

According to economist Steve Forbes, “The real reason for this war on cash—start with the big bills and then work your way down—is an ugly power grab by Big Government. People will have less privacy: Electronic commerce makes it easier for Big Brother to see what we’re doing, thereby making it simpler to bar activities it doesn’t like, such as purchasing salt, sugar, big bottles of soda and Big Macs.”

Much like the war on drugs and the war on terror, this so-called “war on cash” is being sold to the public as a means of fighting terrorists, drug dealers and tax evaders. Just the mere possession of cash is enough to implicate you in suspicious activity and have you investigated. In other words, cash has become another way for the government to profile Americans and render them criminals.

The rationale is that cash is the currency for illegal transactions given that it’s harder to track, can be used to pay illegal immigrants, and denies the government its share of the “take,” so doing away with paper money will help law enforcement fight crime and help the government realize more revenue.

Despite what we know about the government and its history of corruption, bumbling, fumbling and data breaches, not to mention how easily technology can be used against us, the campaign to do away with cash is really not a hard sell.

It’s not a hard sell, that is, if you know the right buttons to push, and the government has become a grand master in the art of getting the citizenry to do exactly what it wants. Remember, this is the same government that plans to use behavioral science tactics to “nudge” citizens to comply with the government’s public policy and program initiatives.

It’s also not a hard sell if you belong to the Digital Generation, that segment of the population for whom technology is second nature and “the first generation born into a world that has never not known digital life.”

And if you belong to the growing class of Americans—46% of consumers, approximately 114 million adults and rising—who use your cell phone to pay bills, purchase goods, and transfer funds, then the government is just preaching to the choir when it comes to persuading you of the convenience of digital cash.

In much the same way that Americans have opted into government surveillance through the convenience of GPS devices and cell phones, digital cash—the means of paying with one’s debit card, credit card or cell phone—is becoming the de facto commerce of the American police state.

It is estimated that smart phones will replace cash and credit cards altogether by 2020. Already, a growing number of businesses are adopting no-cash policies, including certain airlines, hotels, rental car companies, restaurants and retail stores. In Sweden, even the homeless and churches accept digital cash.

Making the case for “never, ever carrying cash” in lieu of a digital wallet, journalist Lisa Rabasca Roepe argues that cash is inconvenient, ATM access is costly, and it’s now possible to reimburse people using digital apps such as Venmo. Thus, there’s no longer a need for cash. “More and more retailers and grocery stores are embracing Apple Pay, Google Wallet, Samsung Pay, and Android Pay,” notes Roepe. “PayPal’s app is now accepted at many chain stores including Barnes & Noble, Foot Locker, Home Depot, and Office Depot. Walmart and CVS have both developed their own payment apps while their competitors Target and RiteAid are working on their own apps.”

It’s not just cash that is going digital, either.

A growing number of states—including Delaware and California—are looking to adopt digital driver’s licenses that would reside on your mobile phone. These licenses would include all of the information contained on your printed license, along with a few “extras” such as real-time data downloaded directly from your state’s Department of Motor Vehicles.

Of course, reading between the lines, having a digital driver’s license will open you up to much the same jeopardy as digital cash: it will make it possible for the government to better track your movements, monitor your activities and communications and ultimately shut you down.

So what’s the deal here?

Despite all of the advantages that go along with living in a digital age—namely, convenience—it’s hard to imagine how a cashless world navigated by way of a digital wallet doesn’t signal the beginning of the end for what little privacy we have left and leave us vulnerable to the likes of government thieves and data hackers.

First, when I say privacy, I’m not just referring to the things that you don’t want people to know about, those little things you do behind closed doors that are neither illegal nor harmful but embarrassing or intimate. I am also referring to the things that are deeply personal and which no one need know about, certainly not the government and its constabulary of busybodies, nannies, Peeping Toms, jail wardens and petty bureaucrats.

Second, we’re already witnessing how easy it will be for government agents to manipulate digital wallets for their own gain. For example, civil asset forfeiture schemes are becoming even more profitable for police agencies thanks to ERAD (Electronic Recovery and Access to Data) devices supplied by the Department of Homeland Security that allow police to not only determine the balance of any magnetic-stripe card (i.e., debit, credit and gift cards) but also freeze and seize any funds on pre-paid money cards. The Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled in June 2016 that it does not violate the Fourth Amendment for police to scan or swipe your credit card.

Third, as the ever insightful Paul Craig Roberts observes, while Americans have been distracted by the government’s costly war on terror, “the financial system, working hand-in-hand with policymakers, has done more damage to Americans than terrorists could possibly inflict.” Ultimately, as Roberts—who served as Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy under Ronald Reagan—makes clear, the war on cash is about giving the government the ultimate control of the economy and complete access to the citizenry’s pocketbook.

Fourth, if there’s a will, there’s a way. So far, every technological convenience that has made our lives easier has also become our Achilles’ heel, opening us up to greater vulnerabilities from hackers and government agents alike. In recent years, the U.S. government has been repeatedly hacked. In 2015, the Office of Personnel Management had more than 20 million personnel files stolen, everything from Social Security numbers to birth dates and fingerprint records. In 2014, it was the White House, the State Department, the Post Office and other government agencies, along with a host of financial institutions, retailers and entertainment giants that had their files breached. And these are the people in charge of protecting our sensitive information?

Fifth, if there’s one entity that will not stop using cash for its own nefarious purposes, it’s the U.S. government. Cash is the currency used by the government to pay off its foreign “associates.” For instance, the Obama administration flew more than $400 million in cash to Iran in January 2016, reportedly as part of a financial settlement with the country. Critics claim the money was ransom paid for the return of American hostages. And then there was the $12 billion in shrink-wrapped $100 bills that the U.S. flew to Iraq only to claim it had no record of what happened to the money. It just disappeared. So when government economists tell you that two-thirds of all $100 bills in circulation are overseas—more than half a trillion dollars’ worth—it’s a pretty good bet that the government played a significant part in their export.

Sixth, this drive to do away with cash is part of a larger global trend driven by international financial institutions and the United Nations that is transforming nations of all sizes, from the smallest nation to the biggest, most advanced economies.

Finally, short of returning to a pre-technological, Luddite age, there’s really no way to pull this horse back now that it’s left the gate. While doing so is near impossible, it would also mean doing without the many conveniences and advantages that are the better angels, if you will, of technology’s totalitarian tendencies: the internet, medical advances, etc.

To our detriment, we really have little control over who accesses our private information, how it is stored, or how it is used. Whether we ever had much control remains up for debate. However, in terms of our bargaining power over digital privacy rights, we have been reduced to a pitiful, unenviable position in which we can only hope and trust that those in power will treat our information with respect.

America’s founders, however, did not believe in trusting government officials or giving them too much power. In fact, they believed those entrusted with power will eventually pervert it into tyranny. As Thomas Jefferson observed, “Let no more be heard of confidence in man, but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.”

Unfortunately, that Constitution has since been shredded.

Our republic has been transformed into an oligarchy.

We have come full circle, back to a pre-revolutionary era of taxation without any real representation.

Lysander Spooner, a 19^th century American abolitionist and legal theorist, was right when he concluded that the government is far more disingenuous and dangerous to the rights, property and lives of the citizenry than the common criminal or highwayman. As Spooner points out:

[Unlike the government,] the highwayman … does not pretend that he has any rightful claim to your money, or that he intends to use it for your own benefit…  He has not acquired impudence enough to profess to be merely a “protector”… He does not persist in following you on the road, against your will; assuming to be your rightful “sovereign,” on account of the “protection” he affords you. He does not keep “protecting” you, by commanding you to bow down and serve him; by requiring you to do this, and forbidding you to do that; by robbing you of more money as often as he finds it for his interest or pleasure to do so; and by branding you as a rebel, a traitor, and an enemy to your country, and shooting you down without mercy, if you dispute his authority, or resist his demands… In short, he does not, in addition to robbing you, attempt to make you either his dupe or his slave.

How tragically apropos the analogy remains today.

We the people, once free citizens of a free nation, are now at the mercy of cutthroats and villains masquerading as government agents and elected officials.

We continue to be robbed at gunpoint, treated like cattle, tracked incessantly and forced to serve and obey.

We continue to be branded rebels and traitors and enemy combatants, shot without hesitation for daring to resist an official order or challenge injustice, and duped into believing all this was done for our “good.”

In the end, as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, we are no better than when we first started out more than 200 years ago as indentured slaves to a government elite intent on using us for their own profit and gain.

WC: 2478

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His book Battlefield America: The War on the American People (SelectBooks, 2015) is available online at http://www.amazon.com. Whitehead can be contacted at johnw@rutherford.org.

Publication Guidelines / Reprint Permission: John W. Whitehead’s weekly commentaries are available for publication to newspapers and web publications at no charge. Please contact staff@rutherford.org to obtain reprint permission.

MEMORANDUM: IRS Form W-9 and allowable substitutes

http://supremelaw.org/cc/hicks/memo04.htm

OLDOGS COMMENTS!

I am publishing this article to inform my readers that Judge Anna Maria Riezinger is not the only one researching the IRS scandal, person, citizen, citizenship, and government lies. I encourage all who are waking up to the citizenship scandal to do your home-work before picking a fight with these scumbags because the bottom line of all governments is(WHO HAS THE POWER TO ARREST, INTIMIDATE AND MURDER EVEN WHEN THEY ARE WRONG)! So, unless you have the courage to protect your life with equal violence, make sure you will survive.

TO:       Controller

XYZ Company

123 Main Street

Any City 12345

ANY STATE, USA

FROM:     Paul Andrew Mitchell, B.A., M.S.

supremelawfirm@gmail.com

Private Attorney General, Criminal Investigator and qualified Federal Witness

DATE:     December 3, 2004 A.D.

SUBJECT:  IRS Form W-9 and allowable substitutes

Greetings Controller:

The Supreme Law Firm has been retained by another counsel to your worker, Mr. John Q. Doe, to document our professional observations concerning IRS Form W-9, and the allowable substitutes for this Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification.

After 14+ years of difficult research and litigation, my office is now in a position to provide you with a clear and verifiable summary of the IRS “problem.”  Much additional documentation is also enclosed, if you wish to conduct a deeper study of the many issues that arise in this context.  Everything is also readily available from the Internet.

Without having a copy of the Form W-9 which you routinely present to your company’s workers, in the analysis that follows we have used the version of that Form which is available at the IRS Internet website and also archived at the following URL in the Supreme Law Library:

http://www.supremelaw.org/rsrc/irsdocs/fw9.pdf

 

Missing OMB Control Number

In 1980, Congress enacted the Paperwork Reduction Act for the stated purpose of reducing the paperwork burden imposed upon private American Citizens by the federal government.  That Act was somewhat unique for enlisting the assistance of all Americans to enforce its provisions.  Whenever any federal government form attempts to collect information, it must exhibit an OMB-approved control number and expiration date in the upper right-hand corner of the first page.  If it does not exhibit a current OMB control number there, Congress has instructed Americans to ignore the form as a “bootleg request”.

IRS Form W-9 (Rev. January 2003) fails to exhibit any OMB-approved control number or expiration date and, as such, it constitutes a “bootleg request” which you, your company, and all of its co-workers can and should ignore, for violating the Paperwork Reduction Act.

Certification Section

Part II with a heading of “Certification” contains the following important legal language:

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:  …

3. I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

We now draw your attention to this Certification Section, because the penalties for the crime of perjury can be severe, particularly if one is encouraging someone else to commit perjury for any reason.  In the latter case, the crime is called “subornation of perjury” and it is expressly prohibited by the federal criminal statute at 18 U.S.C. 1622 (a federal felony).  In the present context, you and your company could be liable under that criminal statute if you attempted to compel any workers to certify IRS Form W-9 when they are not U.S. persons.  Clearly, then, this legal term must be fully understood before anyone can honestly certify the statements being made on that Form.

Meaning of “United States person”

The best place to begin an explanation of this term is to examine the title on IRS Form 1040: “U.S. Individual Income Tax Return”.  Many people understand this title to refer to a return of taxes on an individual’s income.  However, this understanding is not entirely correct and is mostly misleading.  The title of Form 1040 actually refers to a return of taxes on the income of “U.S. Individuals”.  So, what is a “U.S. Individual” in this context?

The answer to this question can be found at section 7701(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”).  At subsection 7701(a)(1), the general term “person” is expressly defined to mean and include an individual, a trust, estate, partnership, association, company or corporation.  Thus, “person” refers to both living and artificial entities.  An “individual” is the only living entity to which the term “person” refers; all other entities mentioned in that definition are artificial or fictitious entities, like corporations and trusts.  Therefore, the term “U.S. Individual” on IRS Form 1040 refers only to the individual variant of “U.S. person” and not to any of its fictitious variants.

At IRC subsection 7701(a)(30), the term “United States person” is also expressly defined to mean both living and artificial entities.  Here, the only living entities embraced by that definition are “citizens and residents of the United States”.  If one has never been exposed to the terms “citizen of the United States” and “resident of the United States” then what follows may be the most difficult lesson to learn from this memorandum.  Nevertheless, it is a lesson that is absolutely essential, if one is to appreciate the full extent of the frauds and deliberate deceptions that are incorporated into the IRC.

By reviewing all of the additional documents which are attached, you will hopefully come to learn that there are two (2) classes of citizens under American laws never repealed, not one (1) class.

These two classes are now uniquely identified as State Citizens and federal citizens.  After much difficult research and litigation, my office has now proven conclusively that the term “citizen of the United States” is legally synonymous with federal citizen.  The term “resident of the United States” is less difficult to understand, because it refers to the status of a RESIDENT ALIEN as that text appears on green cards, i.e. an individual human being who has been lawfully admitted for permanent residence in America, but is not a citizen of either class.

For reasons that will become more obvious to you as you study and master the enclosed documents, we have chosen to utilize the term “federal citizen” because it is not so easily confused with the primary class of Citizens of ONE OF the United States of America.  Federal citizens are individuals who are subject to all the local statutes, rules and regulations which Congress has authorized when legislating in its capacity as the Legislature for places like D.C., Guam, Virgin Islands, American Samoa and Puerto Rico.  These are places that are not States of the Union, because they have no Governors, no State courts, no State legislatures, no U.S. Representatives and no U.S. Senators.  They are not stars on the American flag;  they are in the blue field on the American flag.

Strictly speaking, federal citizenship is a federal municipal franchise that is domiciled in the District of Columbia and, as such, it subjects all federal citizens to the exclusive legislative jurisdiction of the Congress (where there are no State governments).

Purposes of Form W-9

With this correct understanding of the key legal terms that are used on IRS Form W-9, the stated purposes of that form now make a lot more sense.  Specifically, under the heading “Purpose of Form” on our reference W-9 we find:

U.S. person.  Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien) to provide your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the requester) …

Foreign person.  If you are a foreign person, use the appropriate Form W-8 (see Pub. 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities)  [underlined emphasis added]

Here, it is essential to observe that Form W-9 is expressly intended for use only by “U.S. persons” and, as far as individuals are concerned, this term includes only federal citizens and resident aliens (with green cards).  In this context, the term “U.S. person” does NOT embrace or refer to any Citizens of the 50 States, because the latter superior class of State Citizens are not subject to the exclusive legislative jurisdiction of the Congress.  They are only subject to the laws which Congress enacts whenever it legislates in its capacity as the Legislature for the entire nation.  State Citizens are not subject to any federal municipal laws.

Now comes perhaps the most difficult lesson to be learned from this memorandum.  The term “internal” in the IRC is legally synonymous with the term “municipal”.  Municipal laws are those laws which a lawmaking body enacts to govern the internal affairs of a State or nation.  Because the District of Columbia is not a State of the Union, there is no separate State Legislature for D.C., and Congress is responsible for governing that limited area.  The Internal Revenue Code, then, is really a Municipal Revenue Code.  Full details proving this stunning conclusion can be found in the book entitled “The Federal Zone: Cracking the Code of Internal Revenue” which this writer first published in the year 1992 A.D.  The eleventh edition is available for free at this Internet URL:

http://www.supremelaw.org/fedzone11/index.htm

Whenever Congress enacts such laws, they are called municipal laws, and the respective municipal laws of each Union State are legally “foreign” with respect to D.C. and to each other.  As far as their internal affairs are concerned, the 50 States are legally foreign with respect to each other, as each is legally foreign with respect to D.C.  The term “foreign” also has a different meaning, one which is more widely understood to refer to foreign countries like France and Russia.  However, that is not the correct legal meaning of “foreign” whenever municipal laws are being discussed.  To illustrate, on IRS Form 2555 the term “foreign earned income” refers to income earned inside the 50 States of the Union by “U.S. persons”.

With this important lesson in mind, it is now comparatively easy to prove that State Citizens who are not also federal citizens necessarily fall into the category of “foreign persons” as that term is used on IRS Form W-9.  As such, they are correctly instructed to utilize the appropriate Form W-8 — Certificate of Foreign Status — instead of Form W-9.  See Treasury Decision 2313 (enclosed) for proof.

It is very interesting to note, in this context, that Form W‑8 is the only IRS form which permits substitutes to be signed and certified.  In simple terms, a proper substitute Form W-8 is also a Certificate of Foreign Status: it certifies that your worker does not live or work within any area that is subject to federal municipal jurisdiction; but, it does not certify that the worker originates in a foreign country like France, because such is not the correct legal meaning of the term “foreign” in this context.  Your company must accept a substitute Form W-8 in lieu of the IRS version of Form W-8.

To reiterate a point we made above, IRS Form W-9 is very clear where it provides a warning of possible criminal penalties for falsifying information, to wit: “Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.”  And, anyone who would suborn perjury by someone else is guilty of subornation of perjury –- another federal offense!  Thus, if behooves you and your co-workers to achieve mastery of the key legal terms that are being used on Form W-9 and that are also being widely misunderstood by many Americans, due to deliberate fraud on the part of the Internal Revenue Service.

Taxpayer Identification Numbers

As far as individuals and not fictitious entities are concerned, Congress has already authorized the use of Social Security Numbers as Tax Identification Numbers (“TIN”).  There is no real debate about that particular authorization.  The debate that is currently raging concerns with the original intent of the Social Security Act, and its long-term consequences for people who volunteered to participate in that system (whether or not they are citizens of either class) but are not yet eligible to receive benefits from it, e.g. the Baby Boom.

For our purposes here, it is essential to appreciate that the original Social Security Act of 1935 contained no provisions which expressly required participation by anyone in that federal government program.  Also, what is less well known about Social Security is that the original Act of 1935 was also federal municipal law (see above).  In that Act of Congress the term “State” was expressly restricted to those areas that are within the federal zone.  The famous letter which Congresswoman Barbara Kennelly received from the “legal experts” in federal statutory construction confirms its municipal character:

http://www.supremelaw.org/press/rels/kennell3.gif

Perhaps the single most important feature of Social Security is that it has now been correctly identified as a Ponzi Scheme, or pyramid scheme.  As such, Social Security violates the laws of many States that prohibit insurance fraud.  Social Security is identified in federal laws as the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or “FICA”:  the “I” obviously means “Insurance”.  In the summer of 2000 A.D., in an anonymous editorial (enclosed) The Wall Street Journal correctly identified Social Security as a Ponzi Scheme.  For this reason alone, State Citizens who are striving to obey the law, and to avoid any involvement in fraudulent Ponzi Schemes, have every right to withdraw completely from all participation in the Social Security system.

In this context, therefore, even if a worker was at one time assigned a Social Security Number (“SSN”), that assignment was most probably made on the basis of false and rebuttable premises, e.g. the worker was a minor not old enough to consummate valid contracts;  the SSN was presented as mandatory and not voluntary;  the municipal nature of the system was never disclosed or explained;  and so on.

Public Law 93-579 also reinforces these important revelations.  Here, Congress has mandated that all federal government agencies must disclose the specific statutes by which they claim any authority to deprive people of any rights, benefits or privileges solely because they decline to disclose a SSN.  If no such statute exists to mandate its disclosure, then disclosure of an SSN cannot be required.  Furthermore, the federal statute at 42 U.S.C. 408(a)(8) makes it a federal felony to compel disclosure of a Social Security Number in violation of any laws of the United States (like P.L. 93-579).

In summary, therefore, your company may “request” an SSN, but such a request does not create any obligation in a worker to provide one.

Please feel free now to review all of the supporting documents which we have enclosed for your information, and especially for you to confirm what we have now summarized above.

If there is any further assistance we can provide, please direct your questions first to Mr. Doe’s counsel.

Thank you for your consideration.

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Paul Andrew Mitchell

Paul Andrew Mitchell, B.A., M.S.

Private Attorney General, Criminal Investigator and

qualified Federal Witness:  18 U.S.C. 1510, 1512-13, 1964(a)

copy:  Counsel to John Q. Doe (in triplicate)

attachments

THE 9 11 READER The September 11 2001 Terror Attacks

http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-911-reader-the-september-11-2001-terror-attacks/5303012

The above link will only work if you copy and  paste it on your address bar

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky

Global Research, September 11, 2016

Global Research 11 September 2012

Region: USA

Theme: 9/11 & ‘War on Terrorism’, I-BOOKS SERIES

In this new and expanded edition of Michel Chossudovsky’s 2002 best seller, the author blows away the smokescreen put up by the mainstream media, that 9/11 was an attack on America by “Islamic terrorists”.  Through meticulous research, the author uncovers a military-intelligence ploy behind the September 11 attacks, and the cover-up and complicity of key members of the Bush Administration.

The expanded edition, which includes twelve new chapters focuses on the use of 9/11 as a pretext for the invasion and illegal occupation of Iraq, the militarisation of justice and law enforcement and the repeal of democracy.

According to Chossudovsky, the  “war on terrorism” is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex.

September 11, 2001 provides a justification for waging a war without borders. Washington’s agenda consists in extending the frontiers of the American Empire to facilitate complete U.S. corporate control, while installing within America the institutions of the Homeland Security State.

Note to Readers: Remember to bookmark this page for future reference.

Please Forward the GR I-Book far and wide. Post it on Facebook.

This text first published in August 2012. It was reposted on September 11, 2016 in the context of the 15 years commemoration of  the tragic events of 9/11, September 11, 2016.  It proivdes a detailed introduction and overview as well as a collection of articles by Global Research authors on 9/11 and the “Global War on Terrorism”.

[scroll down for I-BOOK Table of Contents]

THE 9/11 READER

The September 11, 2001 Terror Attacks

9/11 Truth: Revealing the Lies,  Commemorating the 9/11 Tragedy

Michel Chossudovsky (Editor)

August 2012

The 911/ Reader is part of Global Research’s Online Interactive I-Book Reader, which brings together, in the form of chapters, a collection of Global Research feature articles, including debate and analysis, on a broad theme or subject matter.  To consult our Online Interactive I-Book Reader Series, click here.

INTRODUCTION

The tragic events of September 11, 2001 constitute a fundamental landmark in American history. a decisive watershed, a breaking point. Millions of people have been misled regarding the causes and consequences of 9/11.

September 11 2001 opens up an era of crisis, upheaval and militarization of American society.

A far-reaching overhaul of US military doctrine was launched in the wake of 9/11.

Endless wars of aggression under the humanitarian cloak of “counter-terrorism” were set in motion. 

9/11 was also a stepping stone towards the relentless repeal of civil liberties, the militarization of law enforcement and the inauguration of “Police State USA”.

September 11, 2001 marks the onslaught of the “Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT), used as a pretext and a justification by the US and its NATO allies to carry out a “war without borders”, a global war of conquest. 

At eleven o’clock, on the morning of September 11, the Bush administration had already announced that Al Qaeda was responsible for the attacks on the World Trade Center (WTC) and the Pentagon. This assertion was made prior to the conduct of an indepth police investigation.

CIA Director George Tenet stated that same morning that Osama bin Laden had the capacity to plan  “multiple attacks with little or no warning.”

Secretary of State Colin Powell called the attacks “an act of war” and President Bush confirmed in an evening televised address to the Nation that he would “make no distinction between the terrorists who committed these acts and those who harbor them”.

Former CIA Director James Woolsey, without mentioning Afghanistan, pointed his finger at “state sponsorship,” implying the complicity of one or more foreign governments. In the words of former National Security Adviser, Lawrence Eagleburger, “I think we will show when we get attacked like this, we are terrible in our strength and in our retribution.”

That same evening at 9:30 pm, a “War Cabinet” was formed integrated by a select number of top intelligence and military advisors. And at 11:00 pm, at the end of that historic meeting at the White House, the “War on Terrorism” was officially launched.

The tragic events of 9/11 provided the required justification to wage war on Afghanistan on “humanitarian grounds”, with the full support of World public opinion and the endorsement of the “international community”.  Several prominent “progressive” intellectuals made a case for “retaliation against terrorism”, on moral and ethical grounds. The “just cause” military doctrine (jus ad bellum) was accepted and upheld at face value as a legitimate response to 9/11. 

In the wake of 9/11, the antiwar movement was completely isolated. The trade unions and civil society organizations had swallowed the media lies and government propaganda. They had accepted a war of retribution against Afghanistan, an impoverished country in Central Asia of 30 million people.

The myth of the “outside enemy” and the threat of “Islamic terrorists” was the cornerstone of the Bush administration’s military doctrine, used as a pretext to invade Afghanistan and Iraq, not to mention the repeal of civil liberties and constitutional government in America.

Amply documented but rarely mentioned by the mainstream media, Al Qaeda is a creation of the CIA going back to the Soviet- Afghan war. This was a known fact, corroborated by numerous sources including official documents of the US Congress, which the mainstream media chose to either dismiss or ignore. The intelligence community had time and again acknowledged that they had indeed supported Osama bin Laden, but that in the wake of the Cold War: “he turned against us”.

The 9/11 Commission Report has largely upheld the “outside enemy” mythology, heralding Al Qaeda as the “mastermind” organization behind the 9/11 attacks.

The official 9/11 narrative has not only distorted the causes underling the collapse of the World Trade Center buildings, it has also erased the historical record of US covert support to international terrorism, while creating the illusion that America and “Western Civilization” are threatened.

Without an “outside enemy”, there could be no “war on terrorism”. The entire national security agenda would collapse “like a deck of cards”. The war criminals in high office would have no leg to stand on.

After 9/11, the campaign of media disinformation served not only to drown the truth but also to kill much of the historical evidence on how this illusive Al Qaeda “outside enemy” had been fabricated and transformed into “Enemy Number One”.

Click to view video

VIDEO: AFTER 9/11: TEN YEARS OF WAR

Special GRTV Feature Production

– by James Corbett – 2011-09-08

The 911 Reader is composed of a carefully selected collection of key articles published by Global Research in the course of the last eleven years.

9/11 was an important landmark for Global Research. Our website was launched on September 9, 2001, two days prior to 9/11. Our coverage of 9/11 was initiated on September 12, 2001.

Within this collection of more than 60 chapters, we have included several important reports from our archives, published by Global Research in the immediate aftermath of the attacks. These articles provide a focus on issues pertaining to the 9/11 Timeline, foreknowledge of the 9/11 attacks, the attack on the Pentagon, the issue of insider trading on Wall Street in the days preceding 9/11 pointing to foreknowledge of the attacks.

What prevails is a complex web of lies and fabrications, pertaining to various dimensions of the 9/11 tragedy. The falsehoods contained in the official 9/11 narrative are manifold, extending from the affirmation that Osama bin Laden was the mastermind, to the assertion by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) that the WTC buildings collapsed due to the impacts of fire. (see Part III).

Where was Osama bin Laden on September 11, 2001?

Is there any proof to the effect that Osama bin Laden, the bogeyman, coordinated the 9/11 attacks as claimed in the official 9/11 narrative?

According to CBS news (Dan Rather, January 28, 2002), “Enemy Number One” was admitted to the urology ward of a Pakistani military hospital in Rawalpindi on September 10, 2001, courtesy of America’s indefectible ally Pakistan. He could have been arrested at short notice which would have “saved us a lot of trouble”, but then we would not have had an Osama Legend, which has fed the news chain as well as presidential speeches in the course of the last eleven years.

DAN RATHER. As the United states and its allies in the war on terrorism press the hunt for Osama bin Laden, CBS News has exclusive information tonight about where bin Laden was and what he was doing in the last hours before his followers struck the United States September 11.

This is the result of hard-nosed investigative reporting by a team of CBS news journalists, and by one of the best foreign correspondents in the business, CBS`s Barry Petersen. Here is his report.

(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE) BARRY PETERSEN, CBS CORRESPONDENT (voice-over): Everyone remembers what happened on September 11. Here’s the story of what may have happened the night before. It is a tale as twisted as the hunt for Osama bin Laden.

CBS News has been told that the night before the September 11 terrorist attack, Osama bin Laden was in Pakistan. He was getting medical treatment with the support of the very military that days later pledged its backing for the U.S. war on terror in Afghanistan.

(transcript of CBS report, see http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CBS203A.html , see also http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2002/01/28/eveningnews/main325887.shtml

The foregoing CBS report which  is of utmost relevance indicates two obvious facts:

1. Osama bin Laden could not reasonably have coordinated the 9/11 attacks from his hospital bed;
2. The hospital was under the jurisdiction of the Pakistani Armed Forces, which has close links to the Pentagon. Osama bin Laden’s whereabouts were known to both the Pakistani and US military.

U.S. military and intelligence advisers based in Rawalpindi were working closely with their Pakistani counterparts. Again, no attempt was made to arrest America’s best known fugitive. Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld claimed, at the time, that the whereabouts of Osama bin Laden were unknown. According to Rumsfeld: “Its like looking for a needle in a stack of hay”.

October 7, 2001: Waging America’s 9/11 War of Retribution against Afghanistan

The immediate response of the US and its allies to the 9/11 attacks was to the declare a war of retribution against Afghanistan on the grounds that the Taliban government was protecting “terror mastermind” Osama bin Laden. By allegedly harboring bin Laden, the Taliban were complicit, according to both the US administration and NATO, for having waged an act of war against the United States.

Parroting official statements, the Western media mantra on September 12, 2001 had already approved the launching of “punitive actions” directed against civilian targets in Afghanistan. In the words of William Saffire writing in the New York Times: “When we reasonably determine our attackers’ bases and camps, we must pulverize them — minimizing but accepting the risk of collateral damage” — and act overtly or covertly to destabilize terror’s national hosts”.

This decision was taken by the Bush-Cheney war cabinet in the evening of September 11, 2001. It was based on the presumption, “confirmed” by the head of the CIA that Al Qaeda was behind the attacks.

On the following morning, September 12, 2001, NATO’s Atlantic Council meeting in Brussels, endorsed the Bush administration’s declaration of war on Afghanistan, invoking Article 5 of the Washington Treaty.

An act of war by a foreign nation (Afghanistan) against a member of the Atlantic Alliance (the USA) is an act of war against all members under NATO’s doctrine of collective security. Under any stretch of the imagination, the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon cannot be categorized as an act of war by a foreign country. But nobody seemed to have raised this issue.

Meanwhile, on two occasions in the course of September 2001, the Afghan government –through diplomatic channels– offered to hand over Osama Bin laden to US Justice. These overtures were turned down by President Bush, on the grounds that America “does not negotiate with terrorists”.

The war on Afghanistan was launched 26 days later on the morning of October 7, 2001. The timing of this war begs the question: how long does it take to plan and implement a major theater war several thousand miles away. Military analysts will confirm that a major theater war takes months and months, up to a year or more of advanced preparations. The war on Afghanistan was already in the advanced planning stages prior to September 11, 2001, which begs the question of foreknowledge of the 9/11 attacks.

The repeal of civil liberties in America was launched in parallel with the bombing and invasion of Afghanistan, almost immediately following 9/11 with the adoption of the PATRIOT legislation and the setting up of a Homeland Security apparatus, under the pretext of protecting Americans. This post-911 legal and institutional framework had been carefully crafted prior to the 9/11 attacks.

Al Qaeda is a US Intelligence Asset

Important to the understanding of 9/11, US intelligence is the unspoken architect of “Islamic terrorism” going back to the heyday of the Soviet-Afghan war.

Bin Laden was 22 years old and was trained in a CIA sponsored guerrilla training camp. Education in Afghanistan in the years preceding the Soviet-Afghan war was largely secular. With religious textbooks produced in Nebraska, the number of CIA sponsored religious schools (madrasahs) increased from 2,500 in 1980 to over 39,000.

“Advertisements, paid for from CIA funds, were placed in newspapers and newsletters around the world offering inducements and motivations to join the [Islamic] Jihad.” (Pervez Hoodbhoy, Peace Research, 1 May 2005)

”The United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren with textbooks filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings….The primers, which were filled with talk of jihad and featured drawings of guns, bullets, soldiers and mines, have served since then as the Afghan school system’s core curriculum. Even the Taliban used the American-produced books,..”, (Washington Post, 23 March 2002)

Under the Reagan administration, US foreign policy evolved towards the unconditional support and endorsement of the Islamic “freedom fighters”. This endorsement has not in any way been modified.

In a twisted irony, throughout the post 911 era,  US intelligence in liaison with Britain’s MI6, an Israel’s Mossad, continues to provide covert support to the radical Islamist organization allegedly responsible for the 9/11 attacks. Al Qaeda and its various affiliated groups including the Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) and factions within the Free Syria Army (FSA) are directly supported by the US and NATO.

In a bitter irony, the US and its allies claim to be waging a “war on terrorism” against the alleged architects of 9/11, while also using Al Qaeda operatives as their foot-soldiers.

Front row, from left: Major Gen. Hamid Gul, director general of Pakistan’s
Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate (ISI), Director of Central Intelligence Agency (CIA)
William Webster; Deputy Director for Operations Clair George; an ISI colonel; and senior CIA official,
Milt Bearden at a Mujahideen training camp in North-West Frontier Province of Pakistan in 1987.
(source RAWA)

Ronald Reagan meets Afghan Mujahideen Commanders at the White House in 1985 (Reagan Archives)

The Collapse of the World Trade Center Buildings

Based on the findings of Richard Gage of Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, the collapse of the World Trade Center buildings was not caused by fire resulting from the crash of the planes:

In more than 100 steel-framed, high-rise fires (most of them very hot, very large and very long-lasting), not one has collapsed, ever. So it behooves all of us, as your own former chief of NIST’s Fire Science Division, Dr. James Quintiere, said, “to look at real alternatives that might have been the cause of these collapses.”

Let’s start with temperatures – 1,340° F. temperatures, recorded in thermal images of the surface of the World Trade Center rubble pile a week after 9/11 by NASA’s AVIRIS equipment on USGS over-flights. Such temperatures cannot be achieved by oxygen-starved hydrocarbon fires. Such fires burn at only 600 to 800° F. Remember, there was no fire on the top of the pile. The source of this incredible heat was therefore below the surface of the rubble, where it must have been far hotter than 1,340 degrees.

Mark Loizeaux, president of Controlled Demolition, Inc., who was hired for the Building 7 cleanup, said that “molten steel was found at 7 WTC.” Leslie Robertson, World Trade Center structural engineer, stated that on October 5, “21 days after the attacks, the fires were still burning and molten steel was still running.” Fire department personnel, recorded on video, reported seeing “molten steel running down the channel rails… like you’re in a foundry – like lava from a volcano.” Joe O’Toole, a Bronx firefighter, saw a crane lifting a steel beam vertically from deep within a pile. He said “it was dripping from the molten steel.” Bart Voorsanger, an architect hired to save “relics from the rubble,” stated about the multi-ton “meteorite” that it was a “fused element of molten steel and concrete.”

Steel melts at about 2,850 degrees Fahrenheit, about twice the temperature of the World Trade Center Tower 1 and 2 fires as estimated by NIST. So what melted the steel?

Appendix C of FEMA’s BPAT Report documents steel samples showing rapid oxidation, sulfidation, and intergranular melting. A liquid eutectic mixture, including sulfur from an unknown source, caused intense corrosion of the steel, gaping holes in wide flange beams, and the thinning of half-inch-thick flanges to almost razor-sharpness in the World Trade Center 7 steel. The New York Times called this “the deepest mystery uncovered in the investigation.”

NIST left all of this crucial forensic evidence out of its report. Why? Because it didn’t fit in with the official conspiracy theory.

Last year, physicist Steven Jones, two other physicists, and a geologist analyzed the slag at the ends of the beams and in the samples of the previously molten metal. They found iron, aluminum, sulfur, manganese and fluorine – the chemical evidence of thermite, a high-tech incendiary cutting charge used by the military to cut through steel like a hot knife through butter. The by-product of the thermite reaction is molten iron! There’s no other possible source for all the molten iron that was found. One of thermite’s key ingredients is sulfur, which can form the liquid eutectic that FEMA found and lower the melting point of steel.

In addition, World Trade Center 7′s catastrophic structural failure showed every characteristic of explosive, controlled demolition. … The destruction began suddenly at the base of the building. Several first responders reported explosions occurring about a second before the collapse. There was the symmetrical, near-free-fall speed of collapse, through the path of greatest resistance – with 40,000 tons of steel designed to resist this load – straight down into its own footprint. This requires that all the columns have to fail within a fraction of a second of each other – perimeter columns as well as core columns. There was also the appearance of mistimed explosions (squibs?) at the upper seven floors on the network video recordings of the collapse. And we have expert testimony from a European demolitions expert, Danny Jowenko, who said “This is controlled demolition… a team of experts did this… This is professional work, without any doubt.”

Fire cannot produce these effects. Fire produces large, gradual deformations and asymmetrical collapses. Thermite can produce all of these effects used in conjunction with linear shaped charges. If the thermite is formed into ultra-fine particles, as has been accomplished at Los Alamos National Laboratory, it is called super-thermite, and is very explosive.(Richard Gage, January 2008)

The following AE911Truth Video provides evidence that the WTC center towers were brought down through controlled demolition.

According to David Ray Griffin:

“The official theory of the collapse, therefore, is essentially a fire theory, so it cannot be emphasized too much that fire has never caused large steel-frame buildings to collapse—never, whether before 9/11, or after 9/11, or anywhere in the world on 9/11 except allegedly New York City—never.”  See David Ray Griffin).

According to Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth, based on solid scientific analysis and evidence, the collapse of the WTC towers was engineered through controlled demolition. While AE11Truth does not speculate on who might be behind the conspiracy to bring down the WTC buildings, they nonetheless suggest that the carrying out such an operation would require a carefully planned course of action with prior access to the buildings as well as an advanced level of expertise in the use of explosives, etc.

The Collapse of WTC Building Seven

The most grotesque lie pertains to the BBC and CNN announcement in the afternoon of September 11, that WTC Building Seven (The Solomon Building) had collapsed. The BBC report went live at 5.00pm, 21 minutes before the actual occurrence of the collapse, indelibly pointing to foreknowledge of the collapse of WTC 7.  CNN anchor Aaron Brown announced that the building “has either collapsed or is collapsing” about an hour before the event.

(See WTC7.net the hidden story of Building 7: Foreknowledge of WTC 7′s Collapse)

Coverup and Complicity

The 911 Reader presents factual information and analysis which points to cover-up and complicity at the highest levels of the US government.

This body of articles by prominent authors, scholars, architects, engineers, largely refutes the official narrative of the 9/11 Commission Report, which is reviewed in Part IV. It  dispels the notion that America was attacked on September 11, 2001 on the orders of Osama bin Laden.

This is a central issue because US military doctrine since 9/11 has been predicated on “defending the American Homeland” against Islamic terrorists as well as waging pre-emptive wars against Al Qaeda and its various “state sponsors”.  Afghanistan was bombed and invaded as part of the “war on terrorism”. In March 2003, Iraq was also invaded.

War Propaganda

Fiction prevails over reality. For propaganda to be effective, public opinion must firmly endorse the official 9/11 narrative to the effect that Al Qaeda was behind the attacks. A well organized structure of media disinformation (Part XI) is required to reach this objective. Perpetuating the 9/11 Legend also requires defying as well smearing the 9/11 Truth Movement.

Throughout the post 9/11 era, a panoply of Al Qaeda related events and circumstances is presented to public opinion on a daily basis. These include terrorist threats, warnings and attacks, police investigations, insurgencies and counter-insurgencies, country-level regime change, social conflict, sectarian violence, racism, religious divisions, Islamic thought, Western values, etc.

In turn, 9/11, Al Qaeda – War on Terrorism rhetoric permeates political discourse at all levels of government, including bipartisan debate on Capitol Hill, in committees of the House and the Senate, at the British House of Commons, and, lest we forget, at the United Nations Security Council.

September 11 and Al Qaeda concepts, repeated ad nauseam have potentially traumatic impacts on the human mind and the ability of normal human beings to analyze and comprehend the “real outside World” of war, politics and the economic crisis.

What is at stake is human consciousness and comprehension based on concepts and facts.

With September 11 there are no verifiable “facts” and “concepts”, because 9/11 as well as Al Qaeda have evolved into a media mythology, a legend, an invented ideological construct, used as an unsubtle tool of media disinformation and war propaganda.

Al Qaeda constitutes a stylized, fake and almost folkloric abstraction of terrorism, which permeates the inner consciousness of millions of people around the World.

Reference to Al Qaeda has become a dogma, a belief, which most people espouse unconditionally.

Is this political indoctrination? Is it brain-washing? If so what is the underlying objective?

People’s capacity to independently analyze World events, as well as address causal relationships pertaining to politics and society, is significantly impaired. That is the objective!

The routine use of  9/11 and Al Qaeda to generate blanket explanations of complex political events is meant to create confusion. It prevents people from thinking.

All of these complex Al Qaeda related occurrences are explained –by politicians, the corporate media, Hollywood and the Washington think tanks under a single blanket “bad guys” heading, in which Al Qaeda is casually and repeatedly pinpointed as “the cause” of numerous terror events around the World.

The Alleged Role of Iraq in the 9/11 Attacks

9/11 mythology has been a mainstay of war propaganda. In the course of 2002, leading up to the invasion of Iraq in March 2003,  “Osama bin Laden” and “Weapons of Mass Destruction” statements circulated profusely in the news chain. While Washington’s official position was that Saddam Hussein was not behind the 9/11 attacks, insinuations abounded both in presidential speeches as well as in the Western media. According to Bush,  in an October 2002 press conference:

The threat comes from Iraq. It arises directly from the Iraqi regime’s own actions — its history of aggression, and its drive toward an arsenal of terror. .,..  We also must never forget the most vivid events of recent history. On September the 11th, 2001, America felt its vulnerability — even to threats that gather on the other side of the earth. We resolved then, and we are resolved today, to confront every threat, from any source [Iraq], that could bring sudden terror and suffering to America. President Bush Outlines Iraqi Threat, October 7, 2002)

Barely two weeks before the invasion of Iraq, September 11, 2001 was mentioned abundantly by president Bush. In the weeks leading up to the March invasion, 45 percent of  Americans believed Saddam Hussein was “personally involved” in the Sept. 11, 2001 attacks. (See . The impact of Bush linking 9/11 and Iraq / The Christian Science Monitor – CSMonitor.com, March 14, 2003)

Meanwhile, a new terrorist mastermind had emerged: Abu Musab Al-Zarqawi.

In Colin Powell’s historic address to the United Nations Security Council, in February 2003, detailed “documentation” on a sinister relationship between Saddam Hussein and Abu Musab Al-Zarqawi was presented, focussing on his ability to produce deadly chemical, biological and radiological weapons, with the full support and endorsement of the secular Baathist regime. The implication of Colin’s Powell’s assertions, which were totally fabricated, was that Saddam Hussein and an Al Qaeda affiliated organization had joined hands in the production of WMD in Northern Iraq and that the Hussein government was a “state sponsor” of terrorism.

The main thrust of the disinformation campaign continued in the wake of the March 2003 US-led invasion of Iraq. It consisted in presenting the Iraqi resistance movement as “terrorists”. The image of “terrorists opposed to democracy” fighting US “peacekeepers” appeared on television screens and news tabloids across the globe.

Iran: Alleged State Sponsor of 9/11

In the wake of the Iraq invasion, the same alleged “state sponsorship” of terrorism accusations emerged in relation to Iran.

In December 2011, the Islamic Republic of Iran was condemned by a Manhattan court, for its alleged role in supporting Al Qaeda in the 9/11 attacks.

The investigation into Tehran’s alleged role was launched in 2004, pursuant to a recommendation of the 9/11 Commission “regarding an apparent link between Iran, Hezbollah, and the 9/11 hijackers”. The 91/11 Commission’s recommendation was that the this “apparent link” required  “further investigation by the U.S. government.” (9/11 Commission Report , p. 241). (See Iran 911 Case ).

In the December 2011 court judgment (Havlish v. Iran)  “U.S. District Judge George B. Daniels ruled  that Iran and Hezbollah materially and directly supported al Qaeda in the September 11, 2001 attacks and are legally responsible for damages to hundreds of family members of 9/11 victims who are plaintiffs in the case”.

According to the plaintiffs attorneys “Iran, Hezbollah, and al Qaeda formed a terror alliance in the early 1990s. Citing their national security and intelligence experts, the attorneys explained “how the pragmatic terror leaders overcame the Sunni-Shi’a divide in order to confront the U.S. (the “Great Satan”) and Israel (the “Lesser Satan”)”. Iran and Hezbollah allegedly provided “training to members of al Qaeda in, among other things, the use of explosives to destroy large buildings.” (See Iran 911 Case ).

This judicial procedure is nothing more than another vicious weapon in the fabricated “War on Terror” to be used against another Muslim country, with a view to destabilizing Iran as well as justifying ongoing military threats. It also says a lot more about the people behind the lawsuit than about the accused. The expert witnesses who testified against Iran are very active in warmongering neocon circles. They belong to a web of architects of the 21st century Middle-Eastern wars, ranging from high profile propagandists to intelligence and military officers, including former U.S. officials.

But what makes this case absurd is that in September 2011, a few months before the judgment, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who has questioned the official 9/11 narrative, was accused by Al-Qaeda leaders of  “spreading conspiracy theories about the 9/11 attacks”. The semi-official media outlet of Al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, insisted that al-Qaeda “had been behind the attacks and criticized the Iranian president for discrediting the terrorist group.” (See Julie Levesque, Iran Accused of being behind 9/11 Attacks. U.S. Court Judgment, December 2011 (Havlish v. Iran), Global Research,  May 11, 2012)

Al Qaeda: US-NATO Foot-soldiers

Ironically, while Washington accuses Iran and Afghanistan of supporting terrorism, the historical record and evidence indelibly point to the “state sponsorship” of Al Qaeda by the CIA, MI6 and their counterparts in Pakistan, Qatar and Saudi Arabia.

Al Qaeda death squads have been recruited to wage America’s humanitarian wars throughout the Middle East and North Africa.

In Syria Al Qaeda units were recruited by NATO and the Turkish High command: “Also discussed in Brussels and Ankara, our sources report, is a campaign to enlist thousands of Muslim volunteers in Middle East countries and the Muslim world to fight alongside the Syrian rebels.”

(http://www.debka.com/article/21255/  Debkafile, August 31, 2011).

In Libya, jihadists from Afghanistan trained by the CIA were dispatched to fight with the “pro-democracy” rebels under the helm of “former” Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) Commander Abdel Hakim Belhadj:

Western policy makers admit that NATO’s operations in Libya have played the primary role in emboldening Al Qaeda’s AQIM faction (Al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb). The Fortune 500-funded Brookings Institution’s Bruce Riedel in his article, “The New Al Qaeda Menace,” admits that AQIM is now heavily armed thanks to NATO’s intervention in Libya, and that AQIM’s base in Mali, North Africa, serves as a staging ground for terrorist activities across the region. http://www.globalresearch.ca/al-qaeda-and-natos-pan-arab-terrorist-blitzkrieg/

Table of Contents of the 9/11 Reader

In Part I, the 911 Reader provides a review of what happened on the morning of 9/11, at the White House, on Capitol Hill, the Pentagon, at Strategic Command Headquarters (USSTRATCOM), What was the response of the US Air Force in the immediate wake of the attacks?  Part II focuses’ on “What Happened on the Planes” as described in the 9/11 Commission Report.

Part III sheds light on what caused the collapse of the World Trade Center buildings. It also challenges the official narrative with regard to the attack on the Pentagon.

Part IV reviews and refutes the findings of the 9/11 Commission Report.

Part V focuses’ on the issue of foreknowledge by Western intelligence agencies.

Part VI examines the issue of how foreknowledge of the attacks was used as an instrument of insider trading on airline stocks in the days preceding September 11, 2001. The bonanza financial gains resulting from insurance claims to the leaseholders of the WTC buildings is also examined.

Part VII focuses’ on the history and central role of Al Qaeda as a US intelligence asset. Since the Soviet-Afghan war, US intelligence has supported the formation of various jihadist organizations. An understanding of this history is crucial in refuting the official 9/11 narrative which claims that Al Qaeda, was behind the attacks.

Part VIII centers on the life and death of 9/11 “Terror Mastermind” Osama bin Laden, who was recruited by the CIA in the heyday of the Soviet Afghan war. This section also includes an analysis of the mysterious death of Osama bin Laden, allegedly executed by US Navy Seals in a suburb of Islamabad in May 2011.

Part  IX  focuses’ on “False Flags” and the Pentagon’s “Second 9/11″.

Part X examines the issue of “Deep Events” with contributions by renowned scholars Peter Dale Scott and Daniele Ganser.

Part XI  examines the structure of 9/11 propaganda which consists in “creating” as well “perpetuating” a  “9/11 Legend”. How is this achieved? Incessantly, on a daily basis, Al Qaeda, the alleged 9/11 Mastermind is referred to by the Western media, government officials, members of the US Congress, Wall Street analysts, etc. as an underlying cause of numerous World events.

Part XII focuses’ on the practice of 9/11 Justice directed against the alleged culprits of the 9/11 attacks.

The legitimacy of 9/11 propaganda requires fabricating “convincing evidence” and “proof” that those who are accused actually carried out the attacks. Sentencing of Muslims detained in Guantanamo is part of war propaganda. It depicts innocent men who are accused of the 9/11 attacks, based on confessions acquired through systematic torture throughout their detention.

Part  XIII focuses’ on 9/11 Truth.  The objective of 9/11 Truth is to ultimately dismantle the propaganda apparatus which is manipulating the human mindset. The 9/11 Reader concludes with a retrospective view of 9/11 ten years later.

According to Chossudovsky, the  “war on terrorism” is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex.

OLDDOGS COMMENTS!

I do not dispute anything Chossudovsky has written above, BUT like all good socialist he will not ever mention who is really at the top of this tyranny. THE INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENT BANKING CARTEL Is the only organization in the world that has the money to buy so many thousands of politicians, corporate CEOs, and just about any government or human being they can use.

MONEY TRULY IS THE ROOT OF ALL EVIL!

Order Directly from Global Research

America’s “War on Terrorism” by Michel Chossudovsky Buy Now!

 

“Its Bordering Chaos” $14 Billion In Cargo Stranded At Sea, Crews “Go Crazy” On Hanjin Ghost Ships

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2016-09-08/its-bordering-chaos-14-billion-cargo-stranded-sea-crews-go-crazy-hanjin-ghost-ships

by Tyler Durden

The fallout from last week’s historic bankruptcy of one of the world’s biggest shipping lines, Hanjin Shipping, continued with little resolution with as much as $14 billion worth of cargo stranded at sea according to the WSJ, sending cargo owners scurrying to try to recover their goods and get them to customers. Since Hanjin’s bankruptcy protection filing, dozens of ships carrying more than half a million cargo containers have been denied access to ports around the world because of uncertainty about who would pay docking fees, container-storage and unloading bills. Some of those ships have been seized by the company’s creditors.

As Bloomberg adds, 85 Hanjin ships that have been effectively marooned offshore as ports in the U.S., Asia and Europe have turned the company’s ships away. The worry is that Hanjin ships won’t be able to pay port fees or their contents might be seized by creditors, which would disrupt port operations. The global shipping disruption comes just as companies are shipping merchandise to fill shelves and warehouses for the end-of-year holiday season.

Earlier this week, South Korean authorities rushed to piece together a capital injection. Hanjin Group will provide 100 billion won ($90 million), including 40 billion won from Chairman Cho Yang Ho, to help contain disruptions in the supply chain. At the same time, South Korea’s ruling Saenuri Party asked the government to offer about 100 billion won in low-interest loans to the shipping line if Hanjin Group provides collateral, in what is effectively a government funded DIP loan.

Some have calculated that the funding package won’t be enough: South Korea’s Ministry of Oceans and Fisheries estimates Hanjin Shipping needs more than 600 billion won to cover unpaid costs like fuel, including about 100 billion won immediately for payments such as to port operators to unload cargo from stranded ships. 

Meanwhile, in addition to the stranded cargo, there are other more pressing problems: “Our ships can become ghost ships,” said Kim Ho Kyung, a manager at Hanjin Shipping’s labor union.

“Food and water are running down in those ships floating in international waters.”  As a result, The company has started providing food, water and daily necessities to crews on six Hanjin ships anchored at ports including Rotterdam and Singapore. About 70 container movers and 15 bulk ships are stranded at 50 ports in 26 countries, according to Hanjin. One Hanjin captain operating a ship in international waters near Japan said his vessel has been given permission to enter a Japanese port Wednesday to unload cargo, but will be required to head back out soon after.

However the biggest threat is that being faced by Hanjin’s clients, who now find themselves with no products, and recourse.

About 95% of the world’s manufactured goods—from dresses to televisions—are transported in shipping containers. Though Hanjin accounts for only about 3.2% of global container capacity, the disruption, which comes as retailers prepare to stock their shelves for the holiday season, is expected to be costly, as companies scramble to book their goods on other carriers.

Analysts don’t expect the snarl to leave U.S. retailers with inventory shortfalls for the holidays, but the longer the logjam drags on, the greater the risk.

Some of those most reliant on Hanjin, such as Samsung Electronics, which has said it has cargo valued at about $38 million stranded on Hanjin ships in international waters, are taking alternative measures:  the company said it is considering chartering 16 cargo planes to fulfill its shipment contracts, mostly to the U.S. “We’re passengers on a bus, and we’re being told we can’t get off,” Evan Jones, a lawyer for the company, said Tuesday.

For now US retailers aren’t feeling too much pain, as Nate Herman, a senior vice president for the American Apparel & Footwear Association, said: “This is not impacting store shelves now,” however he added that “It will impact store shelves if the situation isn’t resolved.” On Tuesday, the association, which represents manufacturers and retailers, held a conference call with 150 members. “People are still trying to figure out how to get their boxes off the boat and move them,” Mr. Herman said

The problem retailers face is that there is little precedent how to deal with the fallout. While Hanjin was granted protection by bankruptcy courts in Korea and the U.S., conditions are “bordering chaos,” said Lars Jensen, chief executive of SeaIntelligence Consulting in Copenhagen.

“With so many Hanjin ships barred from entering ports, shippers have no idea when their cargo will be unloaded.” Jensen added that 43 Hanjin ships are en route to scheduled destinations with no guarantees that they will be allowed to unload. An additional 39 are circling or anchored outside ports. Eight ships have been seized by creditors.

While the courts’ creditor protection permits Hanjin ships to move in and out of certain terminals in those countries without fear of asset seizures, shippers and brokers say the rulings don’t solve the shipping line’s problems in the U.S., as it is unclear whether Hanjin will be able to afford to have the ships unloaded once they dock. Moreover, the courts’ rulings don’t necessarily apply to ports in Asia and Europe.

But while manufactured cargo can survive indefinitely, crews on ships can not, and as Hanjin ships drift at sea, their crews face increasing uncertainties and diminishing supplies. “We usually have food and water for about two weeks,” said the captain of a Hanjin-operated ship speaking by satellite phone from the South China Sea. But, after 12 days at sea, “everything is getting tight—food, water and fuel,” he said.The captain added that he is rationing water and cutting back air conditioning to save energy.

“The heat is driving the crew crazy,” he said. His ship was carrying lubricants and home appliances from South Asia to a Chinese port, but last Thursday, he was told to stop, as the ship could be seized at its destination.

Adding to the confusion, the WSJ adds that shippers and brokers said the Korean government has designated only three so-called base ports—Los Angeles, Singapore and Hamburg—where Hanjin vessels can unload shipments without risk of being seized by creditors.

“Even in those ports, we don’t know who is going to be paying unloading and docking fees,” a broker in Singapore said. “Korea says it will be Hanjin, but Hanjin is telling us it has no money. It’s a total mess.”

It gets worse.

The Korean Shippers Council, which represents more than 60,000 trading companies, said Wednesday  its members “have not been able to figure out the whereabouts of their freight.”

And even those who do know where their ships are, will soon find a dramatic surge in costs.  Brokers said the problems extend to carriers with vessel-sharing deals with Hanjin. They include China’s Cosco Group, Japan’s Kawasaki Kisen Kaisha Ltd., and Taiwan’s  Evergreen Marine Corp. and Yang Ming Marine Transport Corp., which typically move thousands of Hanjin containers daily. Sanne Manders, chief operating officer at California-based freight forwarder Flexport Inc., said rates on Asia-U.S. cargo have risen 40% to 50% since Monday on all sea lanes—not just those operated by Hanjin.

“That amounts to easily $600 to $700 per container,“ Mr. Manders said. ”We think this period of high prices will be 30 to 45 days,” through the initial peak for Thanksgiving-season shipping, he said. Freightos, an online marketplace for booking freight shipments, said the average price per container on Asia-U. S. routes rose 56% to $4,423 on Tuesday from $2,835 a week earlier.

The surging costs are a problem as the global shipping industry has been operating at a loss since the end of 2015, and it’s set to lose about $5 billion this year amid an oversupply of vessels, according Drewry Maritime Research.

The financial woes have made terminal operators and marine service suppliers wary of working with Hanjin’s vessels. Typically, port fees for a ship that can carry 8,000 boxes would be about $35,000 per call.

“Getting ships arrested or stranded would minimize debt exposure for vendors, but it will also get the court to quickly take steps to normalize the company and start making payments,” said Rahul Kapoor, a Singapore-based director at ship consultancy Drewry.

Meanwhile, executives with freight-booking platform Shippabo warned that companies should expect delays as many cargo containers have been rerouted on different vessels. “For the top 25 importers, this is a blip,” said Frank Layo, a retail strategist at consulting firm Kurt Salmon. “They’re diversified, they’re not shipping it all on one line.” But for smaller retailers with less sophistication, “this could be devastating,” he said.

Another word for devastating? A “justification” to miss earnings for yet one more quarter.

 

Judge Calls For US Marshals and FBI To Arrest Congress and The President-Part Two

By

Anna Maria Riezinger (Anna Von Reitz) PT2

So let me ask you, as members of the FBI and as US Marshals—- does this sound like something you want to be involved with enforcing on innocent people, or does it sound like something you want to end as expeditiously as possible? The frauds that took root in the wake of the Civil War and which blossomed in the 1930’s have come to their final fruition.

Employees of the “District of Columbia Municipal Corporation” and its United Nations successors are being used as jack-booted thugs to throw Americans into privately owned “federal correctional facilities” when those who need correction—- the members of the American Bar Association and the euphemistically named and privately owned and operated “DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE”—continue to ignore the fact that Americans DO have a choice and that by the millions we are demanding our freedom from all these pathetic false commercial claims and presumptions.

We are standing up before the whole world and telling these privately owned “governmental services corporations” to go bankrupt like any other corporation that doesn’t do its job and mind its budget. These entities deserve to go bankrupt and worse. They have spent money and credit that was never theirs to spend. They have defrauded millions if not billions of innocent people and they have prevented Americans from claiming their birthrights for far too long.

These people— the members of Congress and the various “Presidents” of the numerous “United States” corporations — have acted as criminals. They deserve to be recognized as such. The members of the American Bar Association have attempted to wash their hands while profiting from the situation and obstructing justice. They stand around shrugging and saying, “Well, it’s a political choice. We don’t have anything to say about that.”—–yet at the same time, they refuse to correct the probate records to reflect our chosen change of political status when we plainly identify ourselves and enunciate our Will for them.

They, too, deserve to be recognized as self-interested criminals and accomplices to identity theft, credit fraud, and worse— which is why we have recently issued a $279 trillion dollar commercial obligation lien against the American Bar Association, the International Bar Association, and the DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE. All our assets— our bodies, homes, businesses, lands, and labor—have been signed over into the “Public Charitable Trust” by con men merely claiming to represent us. Then, when we object to their lies and entrapment, they use the same fraud against us as their excuse for bringing more false claims against us and throwing us in jail. Enough is enough.

The British Monarch and the Lords of the Admiralty have promoted this fraud against us at the same time they have claimed to be our trustees, allies and friends in perpetuity. It’s time to clear the way for us to politely and peaceably exit from any presumption that we are or ever were “US citizens”, willing participants in the “Public Charitable Trust”, or willing “sureties” for the debts of any private bank-run governmental services corporation merely calling itself the United States of Something or Other.

We repudiate any presumption of private municipal citizenship or obligation to the District of Columbia Municipal Corporation or any successor thereof, and demand an immediate and permanent correction of the civil record to reflect our birthright status as American State Citizens, nunc pro tunc.

As for you, as “Federal Agents”, you have a lot to think about. For starters— who really pays your paycheck? Is it the goons in Washington, DC? Or does it all come from the American people you are supposed to be serving? Do you believe for one moment that anyone just lined up and gave their gold to FDR voluntarily? Do you believe that anyone gave away all their property and the guarantees of the actual Constitution for the “privilege” of paying for Social Security? No? Wake up and smell the java and start doing your real jobs. If anyone complains—arrest him.

We are reopening the American Common Law Courts expressly for the purpose of settling disputes related to living people and their property assets in excess of $20 as mandated by the Seventh Amendment. We, the American people, are the ones holding absolute civil authority upon the land of the Continental United States, and we give you permission to arrest the members of Congress, the President, the Secretary of the Treasury, and any other politician or appointee pretending to speak for us so as to enslave us and bring false claims against us via this institutionalized fraud scheme.

We want it recognized for what it is and dismantled and repudiated tout de suite. Any court that is caught arresting and prosecuting Americans under the presumptions just described to you— such as bringing charges against foreign situs trusts with names styled like this: John Quincy Adams, or Cestui Que Vie trusts styled like this: JOHN QUINCY ADAMS, or Puerto Rican public transmitting utilities styled like this: JOHN Q. ADAMS—-it is your responsibility to make sure that any individuals being addressed by these courts were actually born in the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, or one of the other Insular States and that they are not ignorant American State Citizens being falsely registered and railroaded.

Do you understand? Is it now completely clear who the criminals are? Your actual employers and benefactors are being attacked and defrauded by criminals pretending to act as their elected representatives and accomplices in black robes who are serving as enforcers of this fraud for profit. This has been happening right under your noses. This whole circumstance has escaped broad scale public understanding because it was being pursued by private governmental services corporations owned and operated by international banking cartels who claimed that these “private arrangements” were none of the public’s business, despite the grotesque and far-ranging impact these cozy understandings have had upon the people of this and many other countries.

Let it be perfectly clear to you that the business of these private corporations has become our business because they have operated in violation of their charters, in violation of the treaties allowing their existence, and in violation of the National Trust. The American Bar Association and the Internal Revenue Service have both been owned and operated as private foreign bill collectors and trust administrators by Northern Trust, Inc., in violent conflict of interest. They are not professional associations, non-profits, nor units of government. They are con artists and privateers whose licenses expired as of September 1, 2013.

The United States Marshals Service is enabled to act in the capacity of constitutionally – sworn Federal Marshals and we invoke their office and service as such; failure to accept the public office means rejection of all authority related to us. The same may be said of the FBI. Either you do your jobs as constitutionally sworn public officers, or you act as private mall cops in behalf of the offending corporations and under color of law when you pretend to have any public authority or function.

This is the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

Judge Anna Maria Riezinger

Alaska State Superior Court

Image Credit

Lance Schuttler graduated from the University of Iowa with a degree in Health Science and does donation-based health coaching on the side through his website Orgonlight Health. You can follow the Orgonlight Health facebook page or visit the website for more information and other inspiring articles. 

OLDDOGS COMMENTS!

There you have it folks! The truth about America and all of its brain washed CITIZENS. All they had to do was change a few word definitions, hire brain washed teachers and school administrators, buy out the media industries, and place the right cohorts in office. Time took care of the rest and now we have a Nation of people who actually support these sons of whores.

I did not escape this by sitting on my backside, and my awareness that something was bad wrong made me decide to do some research. You too can become enraged as many are doing in order to build a wave of raging victims that will not stop until every one of these mother F^%$#@S are in prison.

We can rebuild this country into what we were promised and only death will stop us. Read every word Anna has published in her books and on her website which has a second person working with her and he publishes all her work also. http://www.annavonreitz.com/ and http://www.paulstramer.net/

---

The Secret US Prisons You’ve Never Heard of Before | Will Potter | TED Talks

http://www.paulstramer.net/2016/09/the-secret-us-prisons-youve-never-heard.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+http%2Fpaulstramerfeedburnercom+%28http%3A%2F%2Fwww.paulstramer.net++++Paul+Stramer+personal+blog%29

Investigative journalist Will Potter is the only reporter who has been inside a Communications Management Unit, or CMU, within a US prison. These units were opened secretly, and radically alter how prisoners are treated — even preventing them from hugging their children. Potter, a TED Fellow, shows us who is imprisoned here, and how the government is trying to keep them hidden. “The message was clear,” he says. “Don’t talk about this place.” Find sources for this talk at willpotter.com/cmu

Francis Schaeffer Cox is a libertarian political prisoner who was sentenced to 26 years. He is being held in USP Marion, IL with an expected parole date of 10/03/33.

Schaeffer Cox is being held in the CMU in the Marion facility. He is decidedly a POLITICAL PRISONER suffering at the whim of the crime syndicate called our federal government.

That crime syndicate is a mostly foreign owned, for profit corporation masquerading as our government.  Schaeffer spoke out about those crimes while he was in Montana on December 9th 2009. If you want the real story from the source, you can see his speech in Montana at my youtube channel right here:  https://www.youtube.com/user/pstramer 

If you don’t believe what I said about our so called “federal government” being a crime syndicate you need to read the articles on this website by Judge Anna Von Reitz from Big Lake Alaska.

Or you can go to her website at annavonreitz.com

Read Part One here https://anationbeguiled.wordpress.com/?p=12933

 

IS THIS A POLICE, A PUBLIC MATTER, OR BOTH?

Dear Friend, I Really hate to ask this

When the phone rang during my husband’s 34th birthday party, I never expected my entire world would turn upside-down.

There we were, surrounded by cake and presents, laughing with his mother and grandmother, playing with our three young children…

Who could have guessed I’d now look back on that as the worst day of my life?

Please, let me back up and explain.

This picture shows me with my high school sweetheart, Dominique Perez, at a happier time — our wedding day.

As you can tell from the uniform, Dom was a United States Marine.

And after serving his country in Iraq and earning decorations (even a Purple Heart for the injuries he suffered in battle), he came home and continued serving his community as an Albuquerque police officer.

And not just any police officer. Thanks to his elite Marine training, Dom was assigned to the SWAT team.

As you can probably guess, they only get called in when things get particularly dangerous, and Dominique had seen plenty of action in his 6 years on SWAT, all without incident.

But this day was different.

You see, he was called in to support his fellow officers who were engaged in a standoff with an armed man.

The suspect’s identity was unknown at the time, but he had been camped out in a makeshift tent in the foothills behind someone’s home and the homeowner called the police.

When police first arrived on the scene, the man immediately drew two knives and began threatening police.

Frantically, he ranted and raved that “this is gonna get bad,” “I’m not going to jail tonight,” and “I’m gonna kill you.”

Wisely, the first officers backed off and called for support. Shortly thereafter, crisis intervention specialists and K-9 units arrived on scene. As you can tell, this was a dangerous situation, and taken very seriously.

A perimeter was established and hours of tense negotiations commenced.

The entire time, the suspect was pacing around in a frenzy, waving knives in each hand, and promising he was going to kill a police officer.

As negotiations were taking place, officers gathered information about the suspect’s criminal history. They soon discovered the camper had a long history of mental illness and an extensive criminal record, which included felony battery against police officers and prison guards.

Needless to say, the officers on the scene needed to come up with a plan to resolve the situation safely. To avoid using lethal force, the arrest team was going to use a “flash-bang” grenade, a stun gun, and a K-9 to detain the suspect.

Dom arrived on scene minutes before the arrest attempt began. He and a second officer were placed in positions to serve as cover, in the event lethal force was needed.

Unfortunately, neither the flash-bang nor the stun gun had any effect on the crazed man. Instead, as police moved in, he again grabbed his knives and prepared to use them.

A police dog was released and grabbed him, but could not keep its hold on the man. Another officer fired first, with two shots hitting and spinning the suspect, while Dom shot only to defend the three officers who were within feet of the madman.

My husband made a split-second decision to defend the lives of his fellow police officers.

Experts call that a “textbook” scenario of police defense.

That’s why he never imagined that, nearly a year later, he’d be hauled into court and charged with second-degree murder!

It didn’t matter that Dom had a completely unblemished record. And it didn’t matter that several experts and countless witnesses all agreed his use of lethal force was totally justified.

No, none of that stopped the District Attorney from filing second degree murder charges to jail my husband for thirty years!

Now, I don’t know if maybe this DA is caught up in the wave of anti-police hysteria that’s swirling in American cities and these charges are politically motivated.

Frankly I don’t care.

All I know is, my husband is now facing up to thirty years in prison and my children might have to grow up without their father!

Our children don’t understand it. They think their daddy is a hero.

And you know what? They’re right.

Dominique is a hero. He did the right thing that day, and he may have saved the lives of his fellow officers in the process.

But proving that in court isn’t easy.

The government has an endless legal budget to trump up charges, drown us in paperwork, and twist what really happened.

I’d been losing lots of sleep worrying about how we’d afford the representation we’ll need to prove the truth.

That’s why I am so relieved that the Law Enforcement Legal Defense Fund (LELDF) told me they’d step in and try to help.

You see, LELDF has helped free or exonerate countless police officers who have been second-guessed for making split-second, life-saving decisions in the line of fire.

And as a mother who has had to choose whether to put our modest income towards paying lawyers’ fees or providing for our family, LELDF is a Godsend.

They will help pay for our legal support and for expert witnesses who know the law on the use of force. And just their offer of help gives us hope that we desperately need right now.

But LELDF is not some government agency.

They’re actually a non-profit organization, which means all of their funding comes from private donations.

It also means I’m going to take a deep breath and ask you a very difficult question that I never expected to ask a stranger:

Will you please help keep my husband out of prison by making a generous donation of any amount to LELDF today?

Honestly, any amount will help so much.

Your generous gift could truly be the difference between my husband’s freedom or him being locked up in a prison cell, alone, away from me and our children for the next 30 years.

You’ll never know how grateful I am that you took the time to read about what my family has been going through.

It’s such a comfort to know there are still good people out there who appreciate the sacrifices police officers and their families make.

Thank you so much for caring!

Sincerely,

 

---

 

Tiffanie Perez

 DONATE

© 2016 Law Enforcement Legal Defense Fund. All Rights Reserved.

2560 Huntington Ave. Suite 100, Alexandria, VA 22303 | phone: 703.807.1875

This message was sent from: VSA

This message was intended for: olddog@anationbeguiled.com

---

OLDDOGS COMMENTS!

As the title says, is this a police or public matter? After all the articles I have read concerning out of control police violence nation wide, plus the possibility of the UN taking control of all police departments, I am having a problem making a decision. It would not be fair of me or anyone who was not there at the time and witnessed with our own eyes what went down, but I have to admit I have personally experienced how local police are withdrawn when approached by a stranger just wanting to engage them in conversation. This usually happened in a restaurant and not once did they ever invite me to pull up a chair. In fact their whole demeanor was hostile and insulting to a local tax payer. Now, am I supposed to believe they have not been instructed to avoid making friends with the public? What I am having a hard time with is how does one show their respect for such a dangerous occupation if they intentionally insult me. So yes, I do believe there is something vastly different in what law officers are taught these days, and I do take personal offense at it. Within two minutes of reading this distraught wife’ letter I sent an email to my local sheriff and sent him a copy asking just what my title above states, and I will post his reply or absence of one. If public relations between them and us is to be on friendly terms then it’s as much their obligation to participate as it is ours. No one likes a grumpy or hostile cop! Lets get back to the days when cops were considered hero’s just for being one!